CCBU Ordering Guide

Copyright 1992-2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/ProprietaryPricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change.
. October 10, 2013

Cisco Customer Contact Solutions
Ordering Guide

Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal
Cisco Unified Contact Center Express
Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise
Cisco Packaged Contact Center Enterprise
Cisco Unified ICM Enterprise
Cisco Unified Intelligence Center
Cisco SocialMiner
Cisco Finesse
Cisco Unified IP IVR
Cisco MediaSense
Cisco Media Convergence Servers
Cisco Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager
Cisco Unified Web Interaction Manager
Workforce Management
Quality Management

Contact: General inquiries about the new pricing may be sent to ccbu-pricing@cisco.com

Ordering Guide
Copyright 2007 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/ProprietaryPricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. Page 2 of 202
January 15, 2007
Copyright 1992-2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/ProprietaryPricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. Page 2 of 202
October 10, 2013
Tabl e of Contents
1. Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 7
1.1 Purpose, Audience and Scope .......................................................................................... 7
1.2 Ordering and Quoting Tools .............................................................................................. 7
1.3 Change history .................................................................................................................. 9
2. Tips for Using This Ordering Guide ........................................................................................... 17
3. Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP) ................................................................. 18
3.1 Overview of End of Sale and End of Life Status for Cisco Unified Customer Voice
Portal Versions ............................................................................................................... 18
3.2 CVP Ordering and Pricing Information: ........................................................................... 18
3.2.1 Unified CVP Component Information ................................................................. 20
3.2.2 Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits ..................... 23
3.2.3 Upgrades from 7.0 to Unified CVP 8.x/9.x or 10.x ............................................. 24
3.2.4 Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer ............................................................. 25
3.2.5 Product number summary tables ....................................................................... 26
3.2.6 Unified CVP Components Licensing .................................................................. 30
3.2.7 Unified CVP Port Licenses ................................................................................ 31
3.2.8 Unified CVP Redundant Port Licenses .............................................................. 32
3.2.9 Unified CVP Server Licenses ............................................................................ 32
3.2.10 Unified CVP Call Director Licenses ................................................................... 33
3.2.11 Unified CVP Video Components Licensing ....................................................... 34
3.2.12 Unified CVP Reporting Server Licenses ............................................................ 34
3.2.13 Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses ...................................................................... 35
3.2.14 Unified CVP License Enforcement .................................................................... 35
3.2.15 Unified CVP Upgrade Licenses for IPIVR and Queue and
Transfer customers .......................................................................................... 35
3.3 Ordering Examples for Production CVP Systems ........................................................... 36
3.3.1 Example 1 CVP co-resident Call Server+VXML Servers and
Unified CCE agents ordering Use Case ........................................................... 36
3.3.2 Example 2 CVP Stand-alone Ordering Use Case .......................................... 37
3.4 CVP Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution ............................................................................. 37
3.4.1 CVP Unified Call Studio License Fulfillment ...................................................... 38
3.4.2 CVP Unified Call Server License Fulfillment ...................................................... 38
3.4.3 CVP Unified VXML Server License Fulfillment .................................................. 39
3.4.4 CVP Unified Reporting Server License Fulfillment ............................................ 39
3.4.5 Unified CVP Call Director Server License Fulfillment ........................................ 40
3.4.6 Summary of CVP License Fulfillment ................................................................ 40
3.5 Non-CVP Components Licensing .................................................................................... 41
3.5.1 ASR/TTS Licensing ........................................................................................... 41
3.5.2 IOS Gateway Licensing ..................................................................................... 43
4. Cisco Unified Contact Center Express (Unified CCX) ............................................................... 45
4.1 Ciscos Configuration and Pricing Tools .......................................................................... 45
4.2 Overview of End of Life and End of Sale Status for Cisco Unified CCX Versions ........... 45
4.3 Overview of Cisco Unified CCX Licensing ....................................................................... 45

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4.3.1 Server vs. Seat licenses .................................................................................... 45
4.3.2 Port licenses ...................................................................................................... 46
4.3.3 Node Locked vs. Non Node Locked Server Software Licenses ........................ 46
4.3.4 Concurrent vs. Named User (seat) Licenses ..................................................... 46
4.3.5 Concurrent Outbound IVR Licenses .................................................................. 46
4.3.6 Finesse Recording Licenses .............................................................................. 46
4.3.7 Concurrent licenses apply to logged in users. Different individuals
may share a Unified CCX Workforce Management ......................................... 47
4.3.8 Unified CCX Compliance Recording (CR), Quality Manager
(QM), Advanced Quality Manager (AQM) ........................................................ 47
4.3.9 Unified CCX Inbound Voice High Availability (HA) Server
Software Licensing ........................................................................................... 47
4.3.10 License downgrades, distributes, splits and merges ......................................... 48
4.4 Supported Upgrade Paths ............................................................................................... 48
4.4.1 Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using ESW and/or UCSS ............................. 50
4.4.2 Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs ...................... 50
4.5 Migrating from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise
(CCE) or vice versa ........................................................................................................ 50
4.6 Cisco Unified CCX 10.0 ................................................................................................... 50
4.6.1 General information ........................................................................................... 50
4.6.2 Ordering New Systems ...................................................................................... 52
4.6.3 Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems ............................................................. 54
4.6.4 Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS contract ............................. 55
4.6.5 A-la-carte Upgrades ........................................................................................... 57
4.6.6 WFO and WFM Upgrades ................................................................................. 61
4.6.7 Unified CCX Promotional Bundle ....................................................................... 63
4.6.8 Non-production licenses .................................................................................... 64
4.6.9 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Contact Center
Express and Unified IP IVR .............................................................................. 64
4.7 Cisco Unified CCX 9.0 ..................................................................................................... 65
4.7.6 WFO and WFM Upgrades ................................................................................. 80
4.7.7 Unified CCX Promotional Bundle ....................................................................... 83
4.7.8 New and Add On Product IDs When Ordering from Cisco
Wholesale Distribution Partners ....................................................................... 84
4.7.9 Non-production licenses .................................................................................... 85
4.7.10 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Contact Center
Express and Unified IP IVR .............................................................................. 86
4.8 Cisco Unified CCX 8.5 ..................................................................................................... 87

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4.8.6 UCCX Promotional Bundle .............................................................................. 104
4.8.7 New and Add On Product IDs When Ordering from Cisco
Wholesale Distribution Partners ..................................................................... 106
4.8.8 Non-production licenses .................................................................................. 108
4.9 Cisco Unified CCX 8.0 and earlier releases .................................................................. 108
5. Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) ......................................................... 109
5.1 Overview of Unified CCE Licensing ............................................................................... 109
5.1.1 Primary Unified CCE Licensing ....................................................................... 109
5.1.2 Additional Unified CCE Licenses and Components ........................................ 125
5.2 Ordering New Unified CCE System and Add-On Licenses ........................................... 127
5.2.1 Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications ....................................... 128
5.2.2 Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On
Licenses ......................................................................................................... 129
5.2.3 Ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web
collaboration ................................................................................................... 130
5.3 Upgrades ....................................................................................................................... 131
5.3.1 Upgrades of CCE Agent licenses .................................................................... 131
5.3.2 Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer ........................................................... 133
5.3.3 Migrations from Cisco Unified ICM to Contact Center Enterprise .................... 134
5.3.4 Migrations from Cisco Unified Contact Center Express to Contact
Center Enterprise ........................................................................................... 134
5.3.5 Upgrades for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified
Web Interaction Manager ............................................................................... 135
5.4 Migration from Previous Licensing Methods .................................................................. 136
5.5 Non-Production Systems ............................................................................................... 137
5.6 Product Number Summary Table for Unified CCE Product Numbers ........................... 137
6. Cisco Packaged Contact Center Enterprise (Packaged CCE) ................................................ 143
6.1 About Packaged CCE .................................................................................................... 143
6.2 Overview of Packaged CCE Ordering and Licensing .................................................... 143
6.2.1 Required Packaged CCE Licenses ................................................................. 144
6.2.2 Optional Packaged CCE Licenses ................................................................... 146
6.3 Optional Features Licenses ........................................................................................... 147
6.4 Add-On Licenses ........................................................................................................... 148
6.4.1 Additional Agents ............................................................................................. 148
6.5 Migration Options .......................................................................................................... 149
6.5.1 From Unified CCX to Packaged CCE or vice-versa ........................................ 149
6.5.2 From Unified CCE to Packaged CCE .............................................................. 149
6.5.3 From Packaged CCE to Unified CCE .............................................................. 149
7. Cisco Finesse .......................................................................................................................... 151
7.1 Cisco Finesse for Unified CCE customers .................................................................... 151
8. Cisco SocialMiner .................................................................................................................... 152
8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX customers ........................................................................ 152
8.2 SocialMiner for Unified CCE customers ........................................................................ 152
8.3 Standalone SocialMiner ................................................................................................. 153

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
8.4 SocialMiner Non-Production Suites ............................................................................... 153
9. Cisco Unified ICM Enterprise (Unified ICME) .......................................................................... 154
9.1 Overview of Unified ICME Licensing ............................................................................. 154
9.1.1 Primary Unified ICME Licenses ....................................................................... 154
9.1.2 Additional Unified ICME Licenses and Components ....................................... 160
9.1.3 Special Unified ICME Deployment Cases ....................................................... 161
9.2 Ordering New Unified ICME Systems and Add On Licenses ........................................ 162
9.3 Upgrades and Migrations .............................................................................................. 164
9.4 Migration from Previous Licensing Methods .................................................................. 164
9.5 Non-Production Systems ............................................................................................... 165
9.6 Product Number Summary Table for Unified ICME Product Numbers .......................... 166
10. Cisco Unified IP IVR ................................................................................................................ 169
10.1 Overview of Unified IP IVR Licenses ............................................................................. 169
10.1.1 Types of Unified IP IVR Licensing ................................................................... 169
10.2 Upgrading To a Later Cisco Unified IP IVR Release ..................................................... 169
10.2.1 Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using
Purchased Product IDs .................................................................................. 169
10.2.2 Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using ESW
and/or UCCS .................................................................................................. 170
10.3 Ordering Unified IP IVR 10.0 production Licenses ........................................................ 170
10.3.1 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses ................................. 170
10.3.2 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 170
10.3.3 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Licenses from a Previous IP
IVR Release ................................................................................................... 170
10.3.4 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................. 171
10.4 Ordering Unified IP IVR 9.0 production Licenses .......................................................... 172
10.4.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners ........................... 172
10.4.4 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR
Release .......................................................................................................... 173
10.5 Ordering Unified IP IVR 8.5 production Licenses .......................................................... 177
10.5.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners ........................... 177
10.5.4 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR
Release .......................................................................................................... 177
11. Cisco MediaSense .................................................................................................................. 182
11.1 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information: ............................................................. 182
11.2 Ordering MediaSense 10.x ............................................................................................ 182
11.2.1 MediaSense 10.x Component Information ...................................................... 183
11.2.2 Not For Production Systems ............................................................................ 184
11.2.3 MediaSense 10.x Product number summary tables ........................................ 185
11.3 Ordering MediaSense 9.x and 8.x ................................................................................. 185

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
11.3.1 MediaSense Component Information .............................................................. 186
11.3.2 Not-for-Production Systems ............................................................................. 187
11.3.3 Product number summary tables ..................................................................... 187
11.4 Ordering Examples for Production MediaSense Systems ............................................. 188
11.4.1 Example 1 Customer requires 500 concurrent audio recordings
and high availability - Ordering Use Case ...................................................... 188
11.4.2 Example 2 Customer requiring 50 additional concurrent audio
recordings - Ordering Use Case ................................................................... 189
11.5 MediaSense Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution .............................................................. 189
11.6 Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management Solutions for Cisco MediaSense
through Cisco SolutionsPlus ......................................................................................... 189
11.7 NICE Interaction Management Suite for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco
SolutionsPlus ................................................................................................................ 190
12. Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS) ............................................................................... 193
13. Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems
and SQL Server 2005 .............................................................................................................. 194
13.1 Part Numbers ................................................................................................................ 194
14. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center ............................................................................................ 195
14.1 Release 9 and 10.0 Intelligence Center Ordering ......................................................... 195
14.1.1 Production System Software ........................................................................... 195
14.1.2 Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits ................... 196
14.1.3 Upgrades from previous versions .................................................................... 197
15. Customer Contact SolutionsPlus Product Overview ............................................................... 198
16. Cisco Unified Communications Software Subscription ........................................................... 199
17. Cisco Services ......................................................................................................................... 200
17.1 Cisco Unified Communications Services ....................................................................... 200
17.2 Cisco Unified Communications ServicesTools for Quoting and Ordering .................. 200
17.2.1 Cisco Service Contract Center ........................................................................ 200
18. Cisco Capital Financing ........................................................................................................... 201
18.1 Removing Sales Barriers: .............................................................................................. 201
18.2 Tips for Taking Advantage of Financing to Accelerate and Close More Business: ....... 201
18.3 For more information about Cisco Capital Financing, visit: ........................................... 201

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
1. I ntroducti on
1.1 Purpose, Audience and Scope
This document describes the pricing and packaging structure and ordering for Cisco

Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP), Unified Contact Center Express (Unified
CCX), Unified Contact Center Enterprise (Unified CCE), Unified ICM Enterprise (Unified
ICME), Unified Intelligence Center, Unified IP IVR, Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager
(Unified EIM) and Unified Web Interaction Manager (Unified WIM) as part of Cisco
Unified Communications System Release 6.0.
For information on Unified Contact Center Hosted (Unified CCH), Unified ICM Hosted
(Unified ICMH) please send inquiry to ask-hcs-cc@cisco.com.
Note: Cisco retains the right to make changes to this ordering guide under the terms
and conditions of your Cisco software contract.
AudienceCisco field and Cisco Unified Communications specialized channel partners
ScopeThis ordering guide describes the pricing and ordering for the following
products:
! Unified Customer Voice Portal
! Unified Contact Center Express
! Unified Contact Center Enterprise
! Unified ICM Enterprise
! Unified Intelligence Center
! Unified IP IVR
! Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager
! Unified Web Interaction Manager
! MediaSense
For more detailed information about Cisco Contact Center products, select the Customer
Collaboration product on cisco.com that you are interested in here
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/voicesw/index.html, and click Ordering.
For example, this is the Contact Center Enterprise ordering page:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1844/index.html.
1.2 Ordering and Quoting Tools
The Cisco Unified Communications Sizing Tool (CUCST) assists users with hardware
sizing of large or complex Unified Communications solutions by calculating the call
processing requirements for Unified Communications products that have a major impact
on performance and scalability. For additional information about CUCST, go to:
http://tools.cisco.com/cucst
QuoteBuilder is a Commercial solutions quoting application that enables specialized
channel partners to build a system quote for Security, Wireless and Unified

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Communications with:
! Products, required modules, and software
! Auto-derived services based on products and installed-site location
! Customized leasing options from Cisco Capital, where available
! Design documentation
For additional information about QuoteBuilder, go to: www.cisco.com/go/quotebuilder
Currently, none of the Contact Center products are supported in QuoteBuilder. Note that
Unified CCX uses the CUCST.
Cisco Configuration Tool is part of the suite of Internet Commerce Tools for managing
online ordering of Cisco products. It enables you to configure products and view lead
times and prices for each selection. It also allows you to view lead-time and price
changes under a variety of price lists and service contract terms. You can then save,
print, e-mail, and download your configurations. Cisco Configuration Tool is also known
as Dynamic Configuration Tool (DCT).
The Cisco.com (with password required) version of Cisco Configuration Tool is located
at: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/ordering/index.shtml
All of the Contact Center products are supported by the Cisco Configuration Tool.
Cisco Service Contract Center is an integrated solution that makes it easy for Cisco
service sales teams and partners to manage and grow their service business, profitably.
It will:
! Quote and book your service orders and manage your service contracts and
renewals all with one simple, easy-to-use solution.
! Spend less time solving administrative problems, searching for opportunities, and
creating quotes.
! Spend more time growing your business using data you can trust; you dont need
to spend time fixing or verifying data.
! Enable you to create and proactively manage your contracts.
Here is the URL link: http://wwwin.cisco.com/CustAdv/globalops/wwsso/service.shtml
Product/Business Unit Specific Pricing/Ordering Tool
For more information about ordering and also access to configuration tools please visit
the Assessment to Quality (A2Q) for Contact Center website at the following URL link:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_how_to_order.ht
ml.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
1.3 Change history
This table provides a brief overview of the major changes in the versions of this guide.
Publication date Major changes compared to previous release
Oct 10, 2013
Added release 10.0 content
Aug 22, 2013
Updated prices for 13 eGain SolutionsPlus SKUs
Added eGain SolutionsPlus support for Package CCE
Aug 2, 2013 Added two new bundle SKUs to eGain SolutionsPlus
July 11, 2013
Extension to Upgrade Customer Collaboration Promotion
May 13, 2013
Modifications to CCE, CUIC and CVP sections to reflect
that CVP and CUIC licenses are now included in the IPCE-
NPSENT-CP bundle.
Removed UCCH and ICMH sections, referred interested
parties to send email to ask-hcs-CC mailer for ordering
information on these products
Added eGain SolutionsPlus.
MCS Server section had been updated to reflect EOL.
Feb 26, 2013
Added clarification of new vs. add-on seats for
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus
Jan 29, 2013
Changed Blended Agent License rules for Packaged CCE
Fixed typo in CUIC NFR license section
Added details on server requirements for Calabrio
SolutionsPlus
Added Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through
SolutionsPlus
Added note to clarify that MediaSense SolutionsPlus
offerings are only available with Cisco MediaSense
December 6, 2012
Clarified CCX Web Chat licensing and ordering
Added EIM-WIM 9.0 SKUs
Added MediaSense 9.0 SKUs
October 29, 2012
Updated MediaSense 8.5 and 9.0 SKUs
September 6, 2012
Updated Unified Intelligence Center section to incorporate
new non-release specific SKUs
Removed stale references to EOLed CRM Connectors
July 11, 2012 Added section on NICE SolutionsPlus
Updated Outbound ordering information for Packaged CCE
CVP 9.0 Added
Nuance S+ product codes updated

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
June 1, 2012 Added an overview of SolutionsPlus products in chapter 15
Removed Intelligence Suite ordering information
Removed references to WebView
Added system release 9.0 ordering information for all
applicable products. Remove End of Sales release ordering
info.
Removed SFDC, MSFT, and PeopleSoft CRM Connectors
that are End of Sales
April 25, 2012 Added section on Calabrio SolutionsPlus
April 3, 2012 Updated SocialMiner ordering information to include IPCE-
BUNDLE and IPCE-SVR-ADDON product numbers
Added chapter on Packaged CCE
Removed section on System Contact Center Enterprise
and Expert Advisor
Updated CCE Blended Agent information
Updated ALI Solutions (formerly known as Austin
Logistics) ordering information
Dec 20, 2011 Updated UCCE and UCCH Agent Desktop Ordering
Information
Clarified Intelligence Center ordering for cluster licensing
and lab licensing
Added section on Cisco Finesse
Simplified the ordering of seat licenses by removing
unnecessary SKUs
Sep 20, 2011 Replaced CCX 8.5 section with new, updated information
Added CVP-NUANCE - Solutions plus for Nuance ASR &
TTS
Updated details for ICM to CCE migration promotion
Aug 19, 2011 Fixed MediaSense NFR and NPS SKUs
Updated information for MediaSense recording license
Removed Unified CCX 8.5 ordering information and added
links to new Unified CCX 8.5 ordering guide
April 27, 2011 Added Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer for CCE and
CVP
Revised E-Mail Interaction Manager and Web Interaction
Manager sections under ICME, ICMH and CCH chapters
Updated CUIC ordering information to include more
detailed upgrade ordering instructions and clarify licensing
Migrations from CAD PRE to/from CTI-OS are free

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Feb 23, 2011 Modified MediaSense SKU table by associating UCSS
SKUs with the base license, not the audio and video
license.
Modified rule to say the quantity of audio and video
recording license should add up to the quantity of base
license.
Clarified ordering examples in section 11.3
December 13, 2010 Added information on new ICM to CCE migration
promotion
Added Cisco SocialMiner
Added final Unified CCX 8.5 updates
October 25, 2010 Added System Release 8.5 ordering information
Added clarification on total discounts for CCX to CCE
migration promo
Added notes in CCE and ICM sections regarding WebView
obsolescence in 8.5
Added new section on Cisco MediaSense
Added upgrade SKU information to CUIC section
July 6, 2010 Added Unified CCE Blended Agent license for Voice, E-
Mail, and Web Collaboration
Revised E-Mail Interaction Manager and Web Interaction
Manager sections under Unified CCE chapter
June 9, 2010 Added UCS section
Update CUP ordering section
April 20, 2010 Provided updated to CUP ordering with CVP
Updated ordering info on CCX 8.0 WFO options
Updated CUIC NFR kit information
Updated Exony VIM section
March 26, 2010 Added CVP 8.0 pricing
Removed Universal Edition and CVP 4.1 pricing
information
March 23, 2010 Modified Exony VIM section to reflect additional and
changed SKU items
Updated CUIS/CUIC section to include information for
ordering Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 8
March 17, 2010 Updated requirements for DLUs and UCL (User Connect
Licensing) in the CCE and CCH Outbound sections.
March 11, 2010 Updates for Unified Communications Release 8.0
Replaced references to SS7 Hardware Cards with the new
Sigtran SS7 software solution
Removed custom NICs and NIC modifications as they are
no longer offered to customers
Removed IP IVR 5.0 orderability information as 5.0 has
reached End of Life
Removed 3
rd
Party PGs which are End of Life

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
January 8, 2010 Added ordering information for Microsoft Windows Server
2003 and Microsoft SQL Server 2005
Changed Chapter 10 title to Media Convergence Servers
(MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems and SQL
Server 2005
Corrected errors in CRM Connector migration licenses for
ICM
September 29, 2009 Added MCS Portsmouth (7835s, 7845s I3 models)
Added UCSS for EIM and WIM
Removed this from CCH section Note that Siebel does not
support Mobile Agent
August 28, 2009 Changed Exony VIM prices and names to reflect changes
to be implemented in price book in Q1
Added Compliance Recording Option for CCX 7.0
Standard, Enhanced and Premium
Removing EOL/EOS CCX release 4.1
Removing information on NEW system ordering from CCX
5.0 section; CCX 5.0 Addon and DIFF upgrades will remain
orderable for one year post EOS.
CCX miscellaneous minor corrections
Removed EIM-WIM for CCX as this product is end of sale
per Aug 21, 2009.
June 22, 2009 Added Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite Large Archiver
external disk ordering information
Added clarifications to Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite
licensing

May 12, 2009
Clarified ATP requirements for Expert Advisor.
Clarified use of redundant ports for CVP. Added
information on upgrades
Removed GED-125 from the ICMH-NIC License in section
8.1.1.3
Added EIM-WIM NFR Kits.
February 3, 2009 IPIVR 4.0 can upgrade to 6.0, not 4.5 version
Removed Customer Voice Portal and Expert Advisor
OnDemand references due to program restrictions
Added Customer Voice Portal licensing reference to PAK
Codes and licensing URL
Corrected typos and added information for hosted in CUIS
section
December 10, 2008 Added top-level SKU information for Cisco Unified
Intelligence Suite
Added new 7816 and 7825 MCS Servers

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
November 12, 2008 Changed CCE, CCH, CCX, IP IVR, ICME and ICMH UCSS
SKU references to reflect new quantity 1 SKUs
Corrected UCSS for CCX Standard pricing
Removed ICME/ICMH Avaya-based Outbound Option
pricing due to EOS
Clarified Austin Logistics ordering information
September 8, 2008 Added new section for Cisco Unified Expert Advisor
Correct CVP OnDemand product code errors
August 8, 2008 Updated MCS Servers to include the 146 GB drives and
Quad Core machines.
Added new section for Customer Voice Portal End of
Sale/End of Life Overview
Added new section for Customer Voice Portal Licensing,
which was removed from CVP 7.X SRND and inserted into
this publication
Added new section for Customer Voice Portal On Demand
Added new section for Unified Intelligence Suite
June 30, 2008 Added IPIVR 7.0 ordering information
Added CCX 7.0 ordering information
Updated End-Of-Sale informational notices for CVP 3.1
and 4.0
Added new Remote Silent Monitoring feature of CCE and
CCH
Clarified SCCE All-In-One Ordering Bundle description
April 16, 2008 Added the CCX to CCE migration Program (section 5.3.3)
Added SCCE All-In-One Ordering Bundle description
Clarified DLU licensing requirements for CCE and CCH
Outbound
Added GED-125 to the ICMH-NIC License in section
8.1.1.3

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
February 11, 2008 Added CRM Connectors pricing
Changed the IP IVR UCSS pricing
CVP
o Deleted Ordering Examples from CVP Sections
due to complexity and confusion. Please reference
the CVP SRND for configuration and ordering
examples.
o Added section on CVP 7.0 Release
o Added section on upgrading from CVP Universal
Edition (Studio 5.2/Call Services 3.6) to CVP
Universal Edition 6.0
o Clarified section on ordering upgrade from CVP 4.0
to CVP 4.1
Remove Informiam Solutions Plus products from the price
list
Clarification on which SKUs include CCMP and how to
upgrade agents for use with CCMP
November 20, 2007 Add Exony VIM Analytics Solutions Plus pricing
Reduce pricing on Informiam Call Analyzer
Remove Informiam SKUs for ICM. All product sales will be
reflected under the IPCC product family.
Clarified licensing of Mobile Agent for CCE/H
Added CVP Reporting Server Licenses, updated port
counts to NPS, NFR and EVAL kits for CVP 4.1, Universal
Edition 6.0 and CVP 4.0
Extended CVP and UE EVAL kits to 90 days from 60 days
Clarified use of CVP NPS, NFR, Evaluation Kits and use of
Call Studio for all CVP and Universal Edition Releases
Removed Audium name where appropriate in favor of new
Cisco product names
Clarified that CVP Call Studio, UE Release 5.2 and Call
Services, UE Release 3.6 media is part of CVP 4.1/UE 6.0
media.
Clarified when to order CVP Call Studio/Call Services, UE
Release 6.0 versus Call Studio, UE Release 5.2 and Call
Services, UE Release 3.6 with respect to voice browsers,
operating systems, and application servers.
Corrected EVIP support on CVP as EVIP Release 10

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
October 31, 2007 Clarified 3
rd
Party IVR Port license tiering
Added Austin Logistics SolutionsPlus SKUs.
Added Operate Service SKU for Outbound in CCE
Summary Table.
Clarified NIC availability and pricing for ICM Enterprise
Removed Cisco Email Manager and Web Collaboration
Option, which have gone end of sale
Added differences between basic and advanced versions
of Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM) and Web
Interaction Manager (WIM) for Unified CCX.
Clarified that Unified EIM and WIM require separate
servers and that Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL
Server must be purchased separately.
Added Customer Voice Portal 4.1 ordering information
Added Customer Voice Portal, Universal Edition 6.0
ordering information
Updated for product and component name changes to Call
Studio and VXML Server
Clarified various items in CVP 4.0 section for better
ordering understanding
October 10, 2007 CCX and IPIVR 6.0 were added.
October 1, 2007 Add CCE and CCH migration SKUs from CAD to CTI
Toolkit Premium Agent and v.v.
August 24, 2007 Added information about the promotional offer to migrate
from ICM to Contact Center Enterprise or Hosted
Clarified the requirements for ICM PG ordering with ARI
Agent licenses for use with third-party ARI gateways
Added support pricing and product code for new ICM that
was added on June 21, 2007.
Removed references to IP QueueManager as it is nearing
end of sale
Reflected price change in essential operate services on
IPCE-SVR
August 6, 2007 Updated The CCE Premium Agent Section and associated
tables to reflect the new CCE Premium Agent pricing and
packaging (includes CCMP) effective August 1
st
, 2007.
June 21, 2007 Updated ICM Enterprise and Hosted pricing to reflect new
pricing and packaging
Added new CCH pricing and packaging; replaced
Starterpack and CPS with new CCH Server and CVP
options

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
June 6, 2007 Added Workforce optimization products (QM & WFM) to
the CCX section
Added non-UC 6.0 system release products and versions,
so that the guide now covers all current CCBU products:
o CVP 3.1
o CCX 4.1
o CCX 5.0 Quality Management and Work Force
Management
o IP-IVR 4.1
Updated MCS Server section with new server versions
Added Informiam Solutions Plus product
January 15, 2007 Initial version

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
2. Ti ps for Usi ng Thi s Orderi ng Gui de
There are several tips that can help you use this ordering guide effectively and simplify
the quoting and ordering of Cisco Customer Contact Center products.
Each product line has its own chapter in the ordering guide (click on the link to jump
there):
Chapter Product
Unified Customer Voice Portal
Unified Contact Center Express
Unified Contact Center Enterprise
Unified ICM Enterprise
Unified Intelligence Center
Unified IP IVR
Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 OS and SQL Server
2005
The chapters on Enterprise and CVP are divided into four subsections:
! Licensing: contains all information required to generate a quote for a customer.
! Ordering: contains information on actually entering the order in to the Cisco
ordering tool.
! Product numbering summary: contains a summary table with all product numbers,
Cisco Unified Communications Software Subscription and the related
maintenance items.
! Migration information: information on how the current licensing model maps into
the previous licensing model.
General inquires about pricing may be sent to ccbu-pricing@cisco.com
For Questions on Unified ICMH and Unified UCCH, please send inquiries to ask-hcs-
cc@cisco.com

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
3. Ci sco Uni fi ed Customer Voi ce Portal
(Uni fi ed CVP)
This section provides licensing and ordering information for Unified Customer Voice
Portal. Please note that there are several versions of Unified CVP, so please read this
section in its entirety. Unified CVP 10.0 is the latest release, which supports the Unified
Communications 10.0 system release, and offers significant new capabilities such as
REST APIs for simplified administration, Support for a-law and Specification based
3.1 Overview of End of Sale and End of Life Status for Cisco Unified
Customer Voice Portal Versions
The Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal family has the following versions that are
considered current and shipping:
CVP 10.0
CVP 9.0
CVP 8.5
Call Studio 10.0
Call Studio 9.0
Call Studio 8.5
Cisco recommends that customers currently considering new deployments choose
version 10.0.
Note: CVP 8.5 has started the End-Of-Sale process and will no longer be available for
sale after June 2014.
For all other versions of Customer Voice Portal and Call Studio the End-of-Sale/End-of-
Life dates are announced publicly here:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/custcosw/ps1006/prod_eol_notices_list.html.
We introduced E-Delivery from CVP 8.5 onwards. With E-Delivery, customers can fulfill
licenses electronically without waiting for Product Authorization keys to be shipped. E-
Delivery licenses and ordering is identical with the addition of an R- or L-added as a
prefix to the part numbers. This is applicable to 8.x and 9.x SKUs.
From CVP 10.0 onwards, you will find an option of ordering electronically or physical
delivery for each SKU in the CCW.
3.2 CVP Ordering and Pricing Information:
Customers ordering can select the various following components when ordering the
product:
! CVP Ports. This component is the number of CVP Ports (non-Redundant)
required, which is the total number of simultaneous voice and video sessions that
require self-service (with the VXML Server) or queuing.
! Redundant CVP Ports. This is the number of Redundant CVP ports required.
The redundant ports are purchased individually, not by the server. Customers

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
may order up to 100% redundant ports.
! Call Director Servers. A Call Director server license provides call control for non
Unified Contact Center solutions. Call Director licensing is by server, with the
number of sessions being limited by the capacity available on the server. Please
note that Call Director Server licenses are required only for non Unified Contact
Center ACDs and other devices front-ended by an egress gateway. They are not
required for terminating calls to Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise.
! CVP Server-SW licenses. A CVP Server-SW license is required for each server
that any of the following reside on: CVP ports, redundant ports, or Call Director
software.
! Call Studio Licenses. A license for each machine where a developer is
developing CVP Self Service applications is required. This is typically at least 1
per CVP deployment, and these are for developer machines not server machines,
so be diligent in determining the number of developer machines developing CVP
applications and order an equal number of Call Studio seat licenses.
All Unified CVP systems will ship with the Operations Console. Online Ordering of Unified
CVP is available as configurable part numbers using Ciscos online ordering tools (e.g.
Dynamic Ordering Tool or Multi-Line Ordering Tool). To order the product, most core
Unified CVP options are available using the part number CVP-10.x for CVP 10.0, CVP-
9.X for the CVP 9.0 version, and CVP-8.X for CVP .80 and CVP 8.5 versions. The
online ordering tool provides all CVP ordering options for each component of the CVP
system.
CVP Top level Part numbers:
Product Numbers Descri pti on Li st Pri ce
($US)
CVP-10.X CVP 10.0 Top Level Part Number N/A
R-CVP-9.X CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number E-Delivery of license
and media
N/A
CVP-9.X CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number physical delivery of
license and media
N/A
L-CVP-8.X CVP 8.0/8.5 Top Level Part Number E-Delivery of license
and physical delivery of media
N/A
CVP-8.X CVP 8.0/8.5 Top Level Part Number physical delivery of
license and media
N/A

After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts:
! Server software
! Ports
! Redundant port licenses
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however,
for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it.
Call Studio licenses must be ordered separately.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
3. 2. 1 Uni fi ed CVP Component I nformati on
The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each CVP orderable part.
3.2.1.1 CVP Servers
CVP Server licenses are required for every server that CVP execution software will
reside on. This includes servers that host the CVP Server functionality, VXML Server and
Call Director software. The Call Studio, Report Server, Test Servers, Evaluation kits, Not-
for-production, and NFR kits do not require a server license.
Please note that a server license is required for every system that is providing Call
Director, VXML Server, or queuing capabilities. Therefore, while a Unified Contact Center
Enterprise customer does not require Call Director licenses, they often do use the call
control capabilities and will require CVP Server Software for the systems that are
providing the SIP call control.
Server part number information:
($US)
CVP-10-SERVER-SW CVP 10.0 Server Software $200
3.2.1.2 CVP Ports and Redundant Ports
This is the main component of CVP. CVP Ports provide the queuing and self-service
capabilities of CVP. Each CVP port license provides a user with the ability to provide self-
service or queuing for one call, followed by one transfer (any type of transfer supported
by CVP). If a customer will have X number of calls being queued and Y number of calls
receiving self-service treatment, one must order a minimum of X+Y ports to ensure
sufficient ports are ordered.
Redundant ports are available to allow redundancy on separate servers. While redundant
ports are operational at all times, the primary purpose of redundant ports is to help
ensure no loss of service. The redundant ports should not be considered available for
known high port utilization periods therefore, at a given point in time number of ports
used must not be more than the primary ports.
Video calls are treated and sized the same as traditional audio calls for the purpose of
port licensing.
Ordering notes:
! When ordering more than 499 ports, the part numbers CVP-10X-M500-PT /CVP-
9X-M500-PT /CVP-8X-M500-PT and CVP-10X-M500-RDPT /CVP-9X-M500-
RDPT/CVP-8X-M500-REDPT provide a lower price point. These part numbers
may be used for the order of any number of ports greater than 499, and do not
require orders in increments of 500s (e.g. 510 ports can be ordered). This tiered
pricing is available only when 500 or more ports are purchased at the same time.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
! One license provides either queuing or self-service support for one call. One
license does not provide queuing for one call, and simultaneous self-service for a
second call.
! Customers cannot order redundant ports more than the number of production
ports.
! If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please
contact psap[clsco.com prior to purchase or deployment.
CVP Ports part number information:
($US)
CVP-10X-PTS CVP 10.0 Port License $750
CVP-10X-M500-PT CVP 10.0 Pt License Min 500 Ports $640
CVP-10X-REDPT CVP 10.0 Redundant ports $188
CVP-10X-M500-RDPT CVP 10.0 Redundant Port License Min 500 $160
CVP-9X-M500-RDPT CVP 9.0 Redundant Port License Min 500 $160
L-CVP-8X-PTS CVP 8.0 Port License E Delivery $750
L-CVP-8X-M500-PT CVP 8.0 Pt License Min 500 Ports E Delivery $640
L-CVP-8X-REDPT CVP 8.0 Redundant ports E Delivery $188
L-CVP-8X-M500-REDPT CVP 8.0 Redundant Port License Min 500 E Delivery $160
CVP-8X-M500-REDPT CVP 8.0 Redundant Port License Min 500 $160

3.2.1.3 Unified Call Studio
A license is required for each developer machine (typically customer-provided) where a
developer is developing self-service applications to run on VXML Server. This is typically
at least 1 per CVP deployment, and these are for developer machines not server
machines, so be diligent in determining the number of developer machines developing
CVP applications and order an equal number of seat licenses. Even though Call Studio is
used by developers, a full license must be purchased by any partner or customer in order
to develop applications for use on production systems. For this software only, the term
production use means use for development and use for production for any type of
application.
Call Studio is developer (user) software intended to run separately from VXML Server
and Call Server, therefore Server licenses are not required for machines running Call
Studio. Call Studio is supported only on Windows client software (Windows XP, 7 and
2008). Please note that it should not be run in a virtual environment where a single
instance of application is used by multiple users.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

Unified Call Studio part number information:
($US)
CVP-STU-10= Call Studio 10.0 $5,500
R-CVP-STU-90= Call Studio 9.0 E Delivery $5,500
CVP-STU-90= Call Studio 9.0 $5,500
L-CVP-STU-85= CVP Studio 8.5 E Delivery $5,500
CVP-STU-85= CVP Studio 8.5 $5,500
3.2.1.4 CVP Call Director Server
CVP Call Director provides the ability to control calls to non Unified Contact Center ACDs
and IVRs when CVP is used with an ICM or Unified Contact Center Enterprise Product.
The CVP Call Director Server license provides call control for the maximum sessions
allowed per a server (For additional ports, combine the packages below to reach the
desired amount of simultaneous ports).
CVP Call Director Server part number information:
Product Numbers Descri pti on Li st Pri ce ($US)
CVP-10-CC-150= CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports) $40,000
R-CVP-90-CC-150= CVP 9.0 Call Director 150 Ports E Delivery $40,000
L-CVP-85-CC-150= CVP 8.5 Call Director 150 Ports E Delivery $40,000
3.2.1.5 CVP Report Server Licenses
These licenses provide the reporting repository for CVP data. Included with the license is
a relational database for querying of data to build reports. The Cisco Unified Intelligence
Center client provides the capability to report from data stored in the report server. Two
options are available with the Report Server, a standard version and a premium

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
version. The standard version supports a dual processor server and premium supports
quad processor server. Please refer CVP installation and upgrade guide for more
information.
CVP Report Server part number information:
CVP-10-RPT-STD= CVP 10.0 Report System - Standard $10,000
CVP-10-RPT-PRE= CVP 10.0 Report System - Premium $20,000
R-CVP-90-RPT-STD= CVP 9.0 Report System Standard E Delivery $10,000
R-CVP-90-RPT-PRE= CVP 9.0 Report System Premium E Delivery $20,000
L-CVP-85-RPT-STD= CVP 8.5 Report System Standard E Delivery $10,000
L-CVP-85-RPT-PRE= CVP 8.5 Report System Premium E Delivery $20,000
3. 2. 2 Not-for-Producti on Systems, Not-for-Resal e and Eval uati on Ki ts
Not For Producti on Systems
Unified CVP Not-for-Production (NPS) lab systems are for use by CVP customers in a
non-production environment. Lab systems provide:
! Server Software License for 1 machine only
! 1000 ports for queuing, transfer and 2000 ports of VXML Server -- all on 1
machine only
! 1 Reporting License
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on
the system. Typical examples for use are lab systems for use in development, testing,
system integration testing, load testing, and so forth. For testing failover and redundant
scenarios in lab, multiple NPS licenses should be ordered. Call Studio is not included in
this NPS Server and must be purchased separately.
Not-For-Resale Systems
The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners. CVP Not-for-Resale (NFR) kits
provide partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes,
These NFR kits support all CVP functionality, including:
! Server Software for 1 machine
! 1 Call Studio license to be used for non-production application development
for 1 machine
! 30 port licenses to be used for internal, non-production purposes only for 1
machine
! 1 Reporting License for 1 machine
These licenses are available through the DART program, as well as orderable through

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer evaluations
or by partners for development of customer solutions. Call Studio is considered
production use when its used to develop customer solutions, so a full license must be
purchased as a general rule -- even when used by developers. Note that a CVP port
license is included in the Contact Center Enterprise System NFR (IPCE-NPSENT-CP).
Evaluation Kit
The CVP Evaluation kit is available for partners to trial a solution at a customer site in
order to provide customers with the opportunity to evaluate the solution at their premise.
The evaluation kit provides a 90-day license with:
! Server Software for 1 machine
! 30 port licenses for VXML Server, queuing and Call Control for 1 machine
! 1 Studio license for 1 machine
The Evaluation Kit is not to be used by partners or customers for development of
production solutions. Call Studio is considered production use when its used to
develop production solutions, so a full license must be purchased as a general rule
even when used by developers.

NFR, NPS and Evaluation part number information:
CVP-10-NPS= CVP 10.0 Not-for-production System $3,995
CVP-10-EVAL= CVP 10.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date) $25
CVP-10-NFR= CVP 10.0 Not-For-Resale $100
R-CVP-90-NPS= CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System E Delivery $3,995
R-CVP-90-EVAL= CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date) E Delivery $25
R-CVP-90-NFR= CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale E Delivery $100
3. 2. 3 Upgrades from 7. 0 to Uni fi ed CVP 8. x/ 9. x or 10. x
Customers who have Unified Communications Software Subscription for both Call Studio
and VXML Server are eligible to upgrade to Unified CVP 8.x/ 9.x/10.x for the equivalent
license quantities.
CVP runs on Windows 2008 server from release 9.0 onwards. So customers upgrading
from CVP 7.0 to 9.0 or later are required to first upgrade to 8.x and then perform a
migration. Please refer CVP installation and upgrade guide for step-by-step guidance on
upgrade.
Ordering CVP upgrades via PUT (Product Upgrade Tool):

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
For CVP upgrades, customers should order an upgrade License for the following
components:
1) CVP server (Any physical machine running call /VXML server)
2) Reporting Server
3) Lab License (NPS)
4) Call Director
5) Call Studio
Please note that there is no upgrade license required for self-service ports (whether
primary or redundant).
The process to upgrade and deploy the CVP license is as below:
1) Login to Product Upgrade Tool (PUT) using valid UCSS contract. Choose the
advanced option and proceed.
2) Now look for the appropriate release Upgrade licenses (aka PUT licenses e.g. for
upgrading to CVP 9.0 choose CVP-90-PRD-UP=)
3) Select the delivery mode (Physical or electronic)
4) Choose the appropriate numbers of CVP upgrade licenses required. (Note: You will
need one such license for each machine where CVP Call/VXML server, Reporting server,
NPS or a Call director is installed. e.g. If you have 1 call server, 4 VXML servers, 1
reporting server and 1 NPS (lab server), then you should order 7 quantity of CVP-90-
PRD-UP= license, if upgrading all these components to release 9.0).
5) When an order is placed on PUT, customer receives PAKs and they can generate
licenses on www.cisco.com/go/license.
6) Generate upgrade license using these PAK.
7) After Installing or upgrading the CVP server/reporting server (as the case may be),
copy the original license and deploy the upgrade license on top of it. This will allow you to
run the server on upgraded software. (Refer Upgrading a License from an Earlier
Release section in CVP Install and upgrade Guide for more details.)
3. 2. 4 Customer Col l aborati on Upgrade Offer
This section describes the Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer which is available
starting May 4, 2011 until July 27, 2014. This offer is for CVP customers who want to
upgrade to an available major release, but do not have a UCSS contract. The offer
consists of two parts: attractively priced upgrade licenses, plus a mandatory purchase of
a 3-year
1
UCSS contract. The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is also available for
Contact Center Enterprise (see section 5.3.2).
The upgrade licenses are priced at approximately one-third of the price of a new license.
The components for which upgrade licenses are available are:

1
One year UCSS contract allowed for customers who cannot legally buy 3-year contracts.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Ports and redundant ports
Servers
Call Control Servers and Sessions
Studio
The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is ordered through a top-level product code
CC-UPG-BUNDLE.
Notes
CVP 10./9.x/8.x upgrade media is NOT shipped as part of the upgrade SKUs. It
needs to be ordered separately.
All upgrade orders go on New Product Hold and entitlement will be verified
before the order is released.
An ESW contract is mandatory in order to be able to activate the UCSS
contract. Without activation no major release media can be downloaded or
ordered in the future.
3. 2. 5 Product number summary tabl es
This section contains a summary table with all Unified CVP product number and
applicable maintenance items.
CVP 10.X Part Numbers

($US)
Software Subscri pti on (i )
Product Number Li st Pri ce
($US)
Uni fi ed CVP Top Level Part Number
CVP-10.X CVP 10.X N/A
Uni fi ed CVP Ports and redundant Ports
CVP-10-SERVER-SW CVP 10.0 Server Software $200 Not applicable (Included in
UCSS order for ports)

CVP-10X-PTS CVP 10.0 Port License $750 UCSS-U-CVP-1-1 $66
CVP-10X-M500-PT CVP 10.0 Pt License Min
500 Ports
$640 UCSS-U-CVP-1-1 $66
CVP-10X-REDPT CVP 10.0 Redundant ports $188 Not applicable (Included in

CVP-10X-M500-RDPT CVP 10.0 Redundant Port
License Min 500
$160 Not applicable (Included in

CVP-10X-RED-ADD CVP 10.X Additional Redundant
Ports
N/A Not applicable (Included in

Uni fi ed Cal l Studi o
CVP-STU-10= Call Studio 10.0 $5,500 UCSS-U-CVPST-1-1 $385
Uni fi ed CVP Cal l Di rector Server
CVP-10-CC-150= CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes
Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-150 $1050

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
($US)
$75,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-300 $2100
$140,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-600 $4200
$200,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-850 $5950
Uni fi ed CVP Report Server Li censes
CVP-10-RPT-STD= CVP 10.0 Report System -
Standard
$10,000 Not applicable (Included in

CVP-10-RPT-PRE= CVP 10.0 Report System -
Premium

Uni fi ed CVP Not-for-Resal e and Eval uati on Ki ts
CVP-10-NPS= CVP 10.0 Not-for-production
System
$3,995 Not applicable (Included in UCSS order for ports)
CVP-10-EVAL= CVP 10.0 Evaluation License
(90 days from ship date)
$25 Not available
CVP-10-NFR= CVP 10.0 Not-For-Resale $100 Not available
Customer Col l aborati on Upgrade Offer
CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration
Upgrade Offer
$0 Not available
L-CVP-UPG CVP Upgrade $0 Not applicable
L-CVP-1PTSUPG CVP 10.0 Port License upgrade $225 UCSS-U-CVP-3-1 $140
L-CVP-1REDPTSUPG
CVP 10.0 Redundant Ports
upgrade $57
Not applicable (Included in UCSS order for ports)
L-CVP-10x-SRVUPG CVP 10.x server upgrade $60 Not applicable (Included in UCSS order for ports)
L-CVP-10x-STUUPG CVP 10.x Studio upgrade $1650 UCSS-U-CVPST-3-1 $809
L-CVP-10x-CCUPG CVP Call Control Upgrade $75 As applicable for 3 years min $15
L-CVP-10x-CCSRVUP
CVP 9.x Call Control Server
Upgrade $10

($US)
($US)
R-CVP-9.X CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number
E-Delivery
N/A
CVP-9.X CVP 9.X N/A

500 Ports
$640 UCSS-U-CVP-1-1 $66

CVP-9X-M500-RDPT CVP 9.0 Redundant Port
License Min 500

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
($US)
Ports

R-CVP-9X-RED-ADD CVP 9.X Additional Redundant
Ports E Delivery

R-CVP-STU-90= Call Studio 9.0 E Delivery $5,500 UCSS-U-CVPST-1-1 $385
CVP-STU-90= Call Studio 9.0 $5,500 UCSS-U-CVPST-1-1 $385
R-CVP-90-CC-150= CVP 9.0 Call Director 150 Ports
E Delivery
$40,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-150 $1050
E Delivery
$75,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-300 $2100
E Delivery
$140,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-600 $4200
E Delivery
$200,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-850 $5950
$40,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-150 $1050
$75,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-300 $2100
$140,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-600 $4200
$200,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-850 $5950
R-CVP-90-RPT-STD= CVP 9.0 Report System
Standard E Delivery

R-CVP-90-RPT-PRE= CVP 9.0 Report System
Premium E Delivery

CVP-90-RPT-STD= CVP 9.0 Report System -
Standard

Premium

R-CVP-90-NPS= CVP 9.0 Not-for-production
System E Delivery
R-CVP-90-EVAL= CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90
days from ship date) E Delivery
$25 Not available
R-CVP-90-NFR= CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale E
Delivery
$100 Not available
System
CVP-90-EVAL= CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90
days from ship date)
$25 Not available
CVP-90-NFR= CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale $100 Not available
CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Upgrade Offer
$0 Not available
L-CVP-UPG CVP Upgrade $0 Not applicable
L-CVP-PTSUPG CVP Port License upgrade $225 UCSS-U-CVP-3-1 $140
L-CVP-REDPTSUPG CVP Redundant Ports upgrade $57 Not applicable (Included in UCSS order for ports)

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
($US)
L-CVP-9x-SRVUPG CVP 9.x server upgrade $60 Not applicable (Included in UCSS order for ports)
L-CVP-9x-STUUPG CVP 9.x Studio upgrade $1650 UCSS-U-CVPST-3-1 $809
L-CVP-9x-CCUPG CVP Call Control Upgrade $75 As applicable for 3 years min $15
L-CVP-9x-CCSRVUP
CVP 9.x Call Control Server
Upgrade $10

($US)
($US)
L-CVP-8.X CVP 8.0 Top Level Part Number
E-Delivery
N/A
CVP-8.X CVP 8.X N/A
L-CVP-85-SERVER-
SW
CVP 8.5 Server Software E
Delivery


500 Ports
$640 UCSS-U-CVP-1-1 $66

CVP-8X-M500-REDPT CVP 8.0 Redundant Port
License Min 500

Ports

R-CVP-8X-RED-ADD CVP 8.X Additional Redundant
Ports E Delivery

L-CVP-STU-85= CVP Studio 8.5 E Delivery $5,500 UCSS-U-CVPST-1-1 $385
CVP-STU-85= CVP Studio 8.5 $5,500 UCSS-U-CVPST-1-1 $385
L-CVP-85-CC-150= CVP 8.5 Call Director 150 Ports
E Delivery
$40,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-150 $1050
E Delivery
$75,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-300 $2100
E Delivery
$140,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-600 $4200
E Delivery
$200,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-850 $5950
$40,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-150 $1050
$75,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-300 $2100
$140,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-600 $4200

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
($US)
$200,000 UCSS-U-CVPCC-1-850 $5950
L-CVP-85-RPT-STD= CVP 8.5 Report System
Standard E Delivery

L-CVP-85-RPT-PRE= CVP 8.5 Report System
Premium E Delivery

CVP-85-RPT-STD= CVP 8.5 Report System
Standard

Premium

System
CVP-85-EVAL= CVP 8.5 Evaluation License (90
days from ship date)
$25 Not available
CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Upgrade Offer
$0 Not available
L-CVP-UPG CVP Upgrade 0 Not applicable
L-CVP-PTSUPG CVP 8.X Port License upgrade $225 UCSS-U-CVP-3-1 $140
L-CVP-REDPTSUPG
CVP 8.X Redundant Ports
upgrade $57
L-CVP-80-SRVUPG CVP 8.0 server upgrade $60 Not applicable (Included in UCSS order for ports)
L-CVP-85-SRVUPG CVP 8.5 server upgrade $60 Not applicable (Included in UCSS order for ports)
L-CVP-85-STUUPG CVP 8.5 Studio upgrade $1650 UCSS-U-CVPST-3-1 $809
L-CVP-CCUPG CVP 8.X Call Control Upgrade $75 As applicable for 3 years min $15
L-CVP-85-CCSRVUP
CVP 8.5 Call Control Server
Upgrade $10

Notes
! Details on Unified Communications Software Subscription can be found here:
http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/technology/ipc/announcements/26may06.
html.
! If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety

3. 2. 6 Uni fi ed CVP Components Li censi ng
Unified CVP licenses consist of Unified CVP Port Licenses, Unified Redundant Port
Licenses, Unified CVP Server Licenses, Unified CVP Call Director Server Licenses, and
Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses.
Each Unified CVP Port license provides the use of the VXML Server for self service and
interactions with Unified ICM for queuing/simple prompt-and-collect as well as call control

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
during agent transfers for a single call. Redundant Unified CVP port licenses are also
available, purchased on a per-port basis, up to the maximum number of regular ports
purchased. The redundant CVP port licenses are for use on redundant CVP call/ VXML
Servers for high availability purpose.
Server licenses must be ordered for every server (for example, Unified CVP Call Server,
CVP VXML Server, or CVP redundant call/ VXML Server) that will host Unified CVP
software with the exception of the Reporting and Operations Server. CVP Reporting
Server requires a separate license and CVP Operation Server does not need a server
license to operate.
In addition to Unified CVP server licenses, Call Director server licenses are available.
Call Director Server licenses provide the ability to perform call control without the use of
IVR function (i.e., queuing and/or self-service) and also provide for agent transfer call
control with contact center solutions other than Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise
(Unified CCE). Call Director/call control for Unified CCE Agents comes free of charge
with the Unified CCE Agent License, but the number of active calls to Unified CCE
Agents must be taken into consideration when sizing the CVP Call Servers.
3. 2. 7 Uni fi ed CVP Port Li censes
First you must determine the number of port licenses required. To do so, determine the
busiest point in the busiest hour of the contact center. The important consideration here
is not busy hour calls, but what calls are actually doing at the busiest moment in the day.
The Unified CVP Port License is only for calls that are receiving IVR treatment, such as
calls in self-service or in queue. Calls that are connected to agents do not use a
Unified CVP Port License but instead use a Call Director server bundled with call
director ports license, which may or may not be included for free.
Take that busiest moment of the day as a snapshot, and determine the following
information:
Calls:
! Waiting in queue
! Performing simple self-service without ASR/TTS and without using the VXML
Server
! Performing self-service activities that do use ASR/TTS or the VXML Server
The total number of these calls corresponds directly to the number of regular (non-
redundant) Unified CVP Port Licenses required. For CVP 9.0, the SKU for port license
appears as CVP-9X-PTS in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult this guide for
further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP Port Licenses.
In addition, determine how many calls are transferred via IP switching to agents. This is
sometimes referred to as Call Director ports. This information is used in sizing CVP
server and do not apply to port licenses except indirectly for the call director server
licensing case.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
3. 2. 8 Uni fi ed CVP Redundant Port Li censes
Redundant licenses are purchased by port. You can order as many redundant ports as
required, based on the desired level of redundancy, up to the number of primary ports
purchased. Thus, if your redundancy model is N+N, you would order the same number of
Unified CVP redundant port licenses as primary port licenses ordered. If your redundancy
model is N+1, you would order the number of redundant port licenses that you need for a
single redundant server.
A server license must also be ordered for each additional redundant server ordered.
For CVP 9.0 as an example, the SKU for redundant port license appears as CVP-9X-
REDPT in the Cisco on line ordering tool.
If a customer wishes to add the redundant ports at later time, then CVP-9X-RED-ADD
can be ordered separately in appropriate quantities. The ordered quality for redundant
ports cannot exceed the number of primary ports deployed.
Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP Redundant
Port licenses
3. 2. 9 Uni fi ed CVP Server Li censes
A Unified CVP Server license is required for every server on which Unified CVP software
resides, with the exception of the Reporting and Operations Server
For sizing information, please consult the CVP SRND document for sizing to determine
the number of servers required. In general, server sizing should be computed using the
following guidelines:
! The number of needed servers corresponds directly to the number of server
software licenses required.
! The total number of ports required is equivalent to the Unified CVP ports plus Call
Director ports (even if the Call Director ports are free of charge) plus redundant
ports. The total number of ports required is used to calculate the number of
needed servers. Please ensure there are enough servers to support the desired
redundant port licenses purchased as an addition to the servers allocated for
regular port licenses. Please see the ordering examples in this chapter for further
information.

Please Note: When calls are transferred to agents using a method that takes the call
away from the Unified CVP (such as *8 TNT, hook-flash, TBCT, SIP Refer/302 Redirect,
H.323 Blind/Refer Transfer, etc.), do not include the number of calls transferred to agents
in sizing the CVP server, which directly affects the number of server software licenses.

As mentioned earlier, although there is no charge for Call Director calls (no call director
port and server license required) when the agent is a Unified CCE agent, you do have to
size the CVP solution to handle the number of concurrently transferred calls directed by
CVP to Unified CCE agents, which might lead to purchasing additional Unified CVP

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Server Software Licenses.
For example, lets assume that you need to have 400 IVR port (hence 400 port licenses).
It seems that a CVP Call Server can support that. However, you need to take into
account the transferred calls to Unified Contact Center Enterprise agent directed by CVP.
Lets assume you have 800 Unified Contact Center Enterprise agents and it might be all
active taking calls transferred-to by CVP in the worst case. That would mean CVP has to
handle 400+800 = 1,200 calls/ports simultaneously in the peak time. That would require
two CVP SIP based Call Servers with co-resident VXML Server (900*2= 1800 > 1200.)
and hence two CVP Server Software licenses are needed instead of one server license.

3. 2. 10 Uni fi ed CVP Cal l Di rector Li censes
As described previously in port licenses section, you must determine the number of calls
that CVP directs/ transfers to the agents and remains in call control after the initial
transfer. This function is called call director that is used interchangeably with the term call
control and it is free of charge when the agent is Unified CCE agent (i.e., no port and
server licenses are required additionally for Unified CCE agent call control function usage
in CVP.)
Unified CVP Call Director Licenses are required when Unified CVP is used for IP
switching to agents who are not on Cisco Unified CCE systems, such as agents on ACD
systems.
In Unified CVP 4.1 and later releases, Call Director is licensed per server and per the
desired number of call director ports/calls on each server. The number of desired call
director ports/calls is limited by the capacity available for the protocol being used on the
server. See Call Capacity per protocol per Server table in the preceding section.
For CVP 9.0 as an example, the SKU for call director server software license for a 150
call director ports bundled appears as CVP-90-CC-150 in the Cisco on line ordering
tool. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP call
director server licenses. Notice that there are no call director port licenses to be ordered.
The call director server software license is bundled with a pre-determined number of call
director ports. There are four bundles for call director server software licenses. Please
check this guide for details.
The number of required Call Director ports/calls corresponds to the maximum number of
simultaneous calls that are active in the Unified CVP Call Servers and are connected to
ACD agents as envisioned in the busiest moment of the day.
If you have a mix of Unified CCE agents and ACD agents, this is the continuing step that
you would do after figuring out the required port and server licenses as described in the
previous sections but focusing on the latter phase of the call after the IVR session, which
is the agent transfer/talking phase. Again, for calls connected to Unified CCE agents,
there is no Call Director server license required. For calls connected to ACD agents, Call
Director server licenses are required as an addition to the regular server software
licenses on each server.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
If you only use pure Call Director application with CVP (neither self-service nor queuing
included) then you do not need to figure out the required port licenses for queuing/self-
service during IVR phase and only concern with the needed call director ports in order to
obtain the corresponding Call Director Server software licenses.
There is a unique situation in the pure call director application with CVP. This is the case
when you choose to use release port transfer with a sole call director application (i.e., no
self-service and queuing usage in the deployment; just pure IP Call Directing/Switching).
As such, you still need the call director server software licenses on each server.
However, since the port is released, you do not include these ports in sizing CVP call
director servers but instead relying on the cps to size the CVP servers. This implies you
need to select the base call director server software license for this unique call director
deployment (i.e., the CVP-90-CC-150 call director server license option)
In summary, the following guidelines apply to Unified CVP Call Director server licenses:
! Unified CVP Call Director licenses are not required for Unified CCE agents. Call
Director Licenses are provided implicitly with Cisco Unified Contact Center
Enterprise and do not have to be ordered separately.
! When CVP operates in a comprehensive model (i.e., with queuing/self-service)
and there are ACD agents/TDM IVR transfers involved, Unified CVP Call Director
server licenses are required unless the transfer to ACD agents use a method that
takes the call away from the Unified CVP servers (such as with SIP Refer, H.323
Blind/Refer, *8 TNT, hook-flash, or TBCT). However, when CVP operates in a
sole Call Director model with release port transfer to the ACD agents, the base
call director server license still applies. Furthermore, in a sole Call Director model
without using release port transfer-to ACD agents, call director server licenses are
required and there are four packages to choose from depending on the needed
number of call director ports.
3. 2. 11 Uni fi ed CVP Vi deo Components Li censi ng
Unified CVP supports the video service. The Video model uses the same components
and licensing strategy as an audio-only Unified CVP deployment. Follow the same
licensing guidelines as if the calls were audio-only.
3. 2. 12 Uni fi ed CVP Reporti ng Server Li censes
These licenses provide the reporting repository for Unified CVP data. Included with the
license is a relational database for querying of data and examples (using Crystal
Reports) to build reports. This product includes only the reporting repository and does not
include the presentation server.
Two options are available with the report server, a standard version and a premium
version. The standard version supports a dual processor server with a maximum of a
smaller database for basic reporting, with the premium version supporting a larger
database on a four-way processor (for database sizes, please refer CVP Installation and
upgrade guide). For CVP 9.0 as an example, the SKU for a standard reporting software
license appears as CVP-90-RPT-STD in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult
this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP reporting server licenses.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Also, please note that the IBM Informix licenses are included with the following SKUs for
the reporting software server:
CVP-xx-RPT-STD=
CVP-xx-RPT-PRE=
Where xx is the release number, e.g. 90 for CVP 9.0, 85 for CVP 8.5, etc.
3. 2. 13 Uni fi ed CVP Cal l Studi o Li censes
A Call Studio license provides the environment to build a self-service application that
executes on the VXML Server. Call Studio licenses are required for the developers who
will be building the self-service applications, and they are installed on the developers'
PCs. While customers normally have at least one Call Studio license, a Call Studio
license is not required if you are not developing or maintaining your own applications. In
addition, a server license is not required for the machines on which a Call Studio is
installed.
Partners who are developing applications for their customers must use a full version of
Call Studio and may not use the Not-For-Resale or Evaluation versions of Call Studio.
3. 2. 14 Uni fi ed CVP Li cense Enforcement
All Unified CVP software is "node locked," which means that users must register their
licenses and provide a server ID to receive a license. For CVP Call Server, and CVP 9.0
VXML server, the IP address is used as a node lock mechanism. For CVP 9.0 Studio,
the MAC address is used.
Ports are enforced on the Unified CVP VXML Server, and the Unified CVP Call Server
licenses are set to the maximum number of sessions allowed per server; however
customers are required to comply with the number of session purchased not the number
of sessions provided in the license file.

Please Note: A single port license is used when a VoiceXML session is established.
Therefore, one port license is consumed, whether the call is being serviced by a self-
service application or is being queued.

3. 2. 15 Uni fi ed CVP Upgrade Li censes for I PI VR and Queue and
Transfer customers
Customers who have purchased UCSS and are running IPIVR are entitled to software
upgrade to a CVP platform. Those customers can purchase upgrade license to move
from IPIVR to CVP. For examples, with CVP 9.x as an example, the SKU for port license
upgrade from IP IVR to CVP 9.x full service appears as the CVP-9X-FEAT-UPG in the
Cisco on line ordering/pricing tool. From this top-level part number, customers can order
primary ports (CVP-9X-FEAT-U-PT) or redundant ports (CVP-9X-FEAT-U-RED). In
addition, for customers migrating from IP IVR must order the $200.00 CVP-90-SERVER-

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
SW part.
Customers who have purchased UCSS are entitled to software upgrade to a later CVP
release without extra charge. This included customers who have the old legacy Queue
and Transfer licenses, which will provide the same functionality with 7.0 and 8.0 as their
old queue and transfer product. However, these customers will not have use of VXML
server, thus limiting their uses, including courtesy callback.
Customers can purchase upgrade license to move from CVP 3.x or 4.x queue and
transfer or IPIVR to CVP 9.x. For examples, with CVP 9.x as an example, the SKU for
port license upgrade from the old CVP QT (Queue and Transfer) or IP IVR to CVP 9.x full
service appears as the CVP-9X-FEAT-UPG in the Cisco on line ordering/pricing tool.
From this top-level part number, customers can order primary ports (CVP-9X-FEAT-U-
PT) or redundant ports (CVP-9X-FEAT-U-RED). In addition, for customers migrating
from IP IVR must order the $200.00 CVP-90-SERVER-SW part.
CVP-9X-FEAT-UPG CVP 9.X IP IVR migration to CVP 9.0 $0
CVP-9X-FEAT-U-PT CVP 9.X Feature Upgrade Port License $325
CVP-9X-FEAT-U-RED CVP 9.X Feature Upgrade Redundant Ports $75
CVP-8X-FEAT-UPG CVP 8.X CVP QT or IP IVR migration to CVP 8.0 $0
CVP-8X-FEAT-U-PT CVP 8.X Feature Upgrade Port License $325
CVP-8X-FEAT-U-RED CVP 8.X Feature Upgrade Redundant Ports $75
3.3 Ordering Examples for Production CVP Systems
3. 3. 1 Exampl e 1 CVP co-resi dent Cal l Server+VXML Servers and
Uni fi ed CCE agents orderi ng Use Case
A Unified CCE customer with 1000 agents desires 400 ports for queuing, 300 ports of
self-service, and 100% redundancy across two sites. The deployment uses SIP.
Solution:
Because queuing and self-service ports use the same license, this customer requires
700 Unified CVP ports and 700 redundant ports, with 2 server licenses. (Each site
requires two servers with co-resident Call Server and VXML Server due to
(700+1000)/900~2.)
Unified CVP components required:
! 2 Server Licenses
! 700 Port Licenses
! 700 Redundant Port Licenses
! Minimum of one Studio license
! Reporting Server License is optional
Note that no Call Director Server licenses are required for the 1000 agents because they
are Unified CCE agents and already have the Call Director license.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
3. 3. 2 Exampl e 2 CVP Stand-al one Orderi ng Use Case
A customer desires a standalone (without Unified ICM or Unified CCE) self-service
solution of 450 ports and 100% redundancy.
Solution:
This customer would require 450 ports of Unified CVP, 450 redundant ports, and 2
Unified CVP Server Licenses.
Unified CVP components required:
! 2 Server Licenses (one server for primary, one server for redundancy)
! 450 Port Licenses
! 450 Redundant Port Licenses
! Reporting Server License is optional (If Reporting is desired, an additional Server
license is required for the Call Server used for Reporting.)
3.4 CVP Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution
This section highlights how the licenses will be distributed/ fulfilled with the order.
Once the order has been released and processed, the customer will receive the CVP
Software Media along with the CVP Software License instructions and Product
Authorization Keys (PAKs, also called PAK Codes, which typically a combination of
numbers and letters.)
The customer (or partner) needs to log in at www.cisco.com/go/license with their Cisco
ID and use the PAK codes to unlock the various product SKUs ordered. Sometimes,
there are multiple PAK Codes. They dont necessarily correspond one-to-one with the
product line item(s) or quantities ordered. When all of the product line item(s) and
quantities ordered are unlocked, the customer/partner can start to obtain the actual
licenses for Unified Customer Voice Portal components.

Please Note: Customers do not have to license everything at once. They can come
back at any time and log in with their Cisco.com ID and license additional software that
they entered a PAK code for previously. (Think of it like a gift certificate you get in the
mail, that you enter on a website that never expires. The PAK Code unpacks itself the
first time and entitles your account to come back anytime and fulfill or partially fulfill
anything you ordered under that PAK Code. You can also come back and rehost it if
you move the software to a new machine.)
Please be aware that in some cases, CVP software must be installed before an actual
product license can be obtained; e.g., the CVP VXML Server system ID needs to be
obtained first after the software installation before the license key can be requested.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
3. 4. 1 CVP Uni fi ed Cal l Studi o Li cense Ful fi l l ment
Unified Call Studio license is obtained as follows:
Unified Call Studio is typically tied to a developers machine. For CVP 10.0,9.0 or 8.5
studio is tied to the MAC address of the machine.
3.4.1.1 Built-in Limited Studio License Usage
Unified Call Studio can be installed and used for up to 30 days without an actual product
license key.
User should install the actual product license key using the directions in the CVP
Installation Guide documentation.
3. 4. 2 CVP Uni fi ed Cal l Server Li cense Ful fi l l ment
As described earlier in this chapter, customers are required to order a CVP Server
Software (SW) License for all servers that run either Call Server or VXML Server or both
(co-resident case.)

Please Note: The CVP Call Server licenses are tied to the CVP Server SW part, and not
to the number of ports ordered. When the CVP Call Server and VXML Server are co-
resident on the same server, the customer/ partner will only need to order one server
software license on that same server and will receive PAKs for both Call Server and the
VXML Server components on that single server.

The CVP Call Server component is licensed by IP Address starting from CVP Releases
4.x. It provides queuing, call control (agent transfer), and indirectly the self-service
(offered by the CVP VXML Server component) capabilities. Typically, customers/partners
will order a total N port licenses with redundant port licenses along with a number of
server licenses. The port licenses will be applied to the CVP VXML Server licenses (see
the next section) but for CVP Call Server regardless of the number of Port Licenses you
assign to each server, you will always get 1,200 ports for each CVP Call Server. The
customer is legally allowed to use the number of Port Licenses purchased only. Cisco
reserves the right to change the enforcement on Call Server in the future, but at the time
of this writing, CVP Call Server does not restrict port licenses as CVP VXML Server
does.
Hint: Trying to debug port quantities by looking at the CVP Call Server port licenses will
not help since CVP Call Server licensing is a Boolean type.
3.4.2.1 Built-in Limited CVP Port License Usage
From CVP 8.5 onwards, Unified CVP Call Server can be installed and will run with 30
ports for 30 days without an actual product license key (i.e., no cvp.license file found
in CVP_HOME\conf\license.)
As mentioned above, CVP Call Server licenses are tied to the CVP_Server_SW part,
and not to the number of ports ordered. Therefore, when customers are retrieving
licenses for the CVP Call Server, they should be aware that the licenses are tied to CVP-

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
xx-SERVER-SW, and does not require the input of ports. The licensing tool will provide a
fixed number of licenses, set to the maximum number of Call Server sessions a server
can support.
This may be confusing to customers who use the operator console to see the number of
licenses available in the CVP Call Server, as it will be larger than what they actually
purchased. The reason ports are set to the maximum in Call Server is to overcome a
product current limitation where a license is used when it is either supporting queuing or
self-service, or when providing call control (agent transfer). Without providing a
maximum number of licenses, CVP Call Server cannot support call control during agent
transfer if there is a limit imposed on the number of ports to what was ordered since CVP
Call Server does not distinguish license used for calls in queue/self-service and calls are
transferred to agents. In the future, there is a plan to have two separate port licenses.
Once is for self-service and queuing and another for pure call control.
3. 4. 3 CVP Uni fi ed VXML Server Li cense Ful fi l l ment
Again as a refresher, customers/partners are required to order a CVP Server Software
(SW) License for all servers that run either Call Server or VXML Server.
3.4.3.1 Built-in Limited CVP VXML Port License Usage
From CVP 8.5 onwards, Unified CVP has a 30-day evaluation license. The Call Server
and VXML server evaluation licenses now support 30 ports instead of the previously
supported 2 ports on all call control servers; After 30 days Unified CVP must be licensed
for continued functionality.
Having installed the software you can get a key from www.cisco.com/go/license. The
Cisco software fulfillment URL allows you to assign a number of Port License SKUs to
each Server SKU. This means you are allowed to assign N number of Port Licenses for
one Server and repeat the process to all servers that you have using the remaining port
licenses from the Total_Num_Ports that you purchased altogether.
The Total_Num_Ports is the total count of licenses customer ordered for all servers,
including the redundant ports. As port licenses are created for each server, the
available number of ports is decremented, preventing customers from creating more
licenses than actually ordered. For example, you may have ordered 400 ports (200
regular ports and 200 redundant ports) for two VXML Servers; however, you can assign
200 ports to one server and not fulfill the others until later.
Note that the customer/partner will receive a CVP Call Server license for every CVP-xx-
SERVER-SW license ordered. For the servers running CVP VXML Servers alone, while
the customer must order CVP-xx-SERVER-SW for each CVP VXML Servers, the CVP
Call Server PAKs are also issued but not used on the stand-alone CVP VXML Servers.
Install the actual product license key using the directions in the CVP Installation Guide.
3. 4. 4 CVP Uni fi ed Reporti ng Server Li cense Ful fi l l ment
Customers who order a reporting server license will receive a PAK for the CVP
Reporting Server. CVP Reporting Server licenses are similar to CVP Call Server

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
licenses in that they are tied to IP addresses and the same fulfillment mechanism
applies.
3.4.4.1 Built-in Limited CVP Reporting License Usage
Beginning CVP Release 7.0, Unified CVP Reporting Server can be installed and the
Reporting Server will operate in full functionality but in limited capacity mode without a
license. It will support 5000 DB Writes/Day. DB Writes includes Inserts and Updates. If
the maximum of 5000 reached for the local date time, an SNMP alert is issued and no
additional data will be written to the database.
When you get a CVP reporting production license installed, the capacity restrictions are
removed.
3. 4. 5 Uni fi ed CVP Cal l Di rector Server Li cense Ful fi l l ment
Call Director Licenses are additional licenses on top of the CVP Call Server licenses. The
fulfillment of CVP Call Server licenses will apply to call director deployment model
meaning there is no additionally specific call director license fulfillment. Customers
should order Call Director licenses according to their need of call control/director
sessions/ports. Note that Call Director ports are ordered in bundles (e.g. 150, 300, 600,
and 850) and not by port in CVP Release 4.x and later
3. 4. 6 Summary of CVP Li cense Ful fi l l ment
Since Cisco doesnt know the CVP model that the customer is going to deploy Unified
Customer Voice Portal with (of which you may change it in the future) and to keep
licensing both flexible and simpler, customer will be provided with all the needed licenses
for any CVP deployment models.
For example, when you go to www.cisco.com/go/licenseto fulfill two server software
licenses on two physical servers: one Server for 200 ports of self-service/queuing and
one redundant server (with 200 redundant ports), you will get the following:
! Two keys for Call Server for 1,200 ports tied to each servers IP address
! One key for VXML Server for 400 ports. These keys are the total, of which 200
are used for the primary server and 200 for the redundant server, with installation
path node-lock on VXML Server while CVP Call Servers are IP address node-
lock.
In the example, you may not need anything but the two keys for 1,200 ports for Call
Server to do queuing but youll get both.

Please Note: The customer is legally entitled to use only what has been ordered, not
what has been fulfilled. Cisco thinks this fulfillment policy makes use of the product more
flexible.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
3.5 Non-CVP Components Licensing
This section describes other non-CVP components licensing used in CVP solution.
3. 5. 1 ASR/ TTS Li censi ng
Cisco now offers Solutions Plus (order fulfillment of Nuance ASR & TTS). This enables
customers to purchase these core Nuance products & Nuance Support through Cisco.
As Cisco is providing order fulfillment exclusively for these Nuance products, partners
must work closely with Nuance to ensure the product is sold properly, and customer
expectations are met. Items partners should ensure are completed prior to ordering the
system include:
Validation of the application by Nuance.
Customer acceptance of Nuance End-User License Agreement.
Understanding that support is provided by Nuance, with different warranty.
Cisco does not provide UCSS or ESW for these products.
Note: All Nuance products ordered will be placed under a Compliance hold, preventing
release of the product until Cisco has received confirmation from Nuance that order
meets.
Nuance annual support contracts are also offered through the product codes in grey
below. Note that this is not a Cisco support contract (like ESW), but that support is
provided by Nuance directly, without Cisco involvement.
3.5.1.1 Nuance Part Number and Pricing.
Nuance parts can be ordered under the top level part number CVP-NUANCE. The
options available under this are:
Product Numbers Descri pti on Li st Pri ce (S)
Vocal i zer, backup and addi ti onal l anguages
CVP-NUA-VOC-B Vocalizer 5.0 - Basic 200
CVP-NUA-VOC-MNT-B
Nuance Vocalizer Basic- 1 YR Maint (provided by
Nuance) 46
CVP-NU-VOC-B-HB Vocalizer basic-Hot Backup 100
CVP-NU-VOC-BH-MN
Vocalizer 5.0 basic-HB Maintenance (provided by
Nuance) 23
CVP-NUA-VOC Vocalizer 5.0 850
CVP-NUA-VOC-MNT Nuance Vocalizer - 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance) 196
CVP-NU-VOC-HB Vocalizer -Hot Backup 425
CVP-NU-VOC-H-MN Vocalizer 5.0-HB Maintenance (provided by Nuance) 98
CVP-NU-VOC-AL Nuance Vocalizer - additional languages 170
CVP-NU-VOC-AL-MN
Nuance Vocalizer - additional languages
Maintenance (provided by Nuance) 40
CVP-NU-VOC-ALH Nuance Vocalizer - additional languages HB 85
CVP-NU-VOC-AL-MNH
Nuance Vocalizer - additional languages Hot Backup
Recogni zer Ti er 2, backup and addi ti onal l anguages

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CVP-NUA-RC-T2 Nuance Recognizer Tier 2 1100
CVP-NUA-RC-T2-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2 - 1 YR Maint (provided by
Nuance) 253
CVP-NU-RC-T2HB Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-Hot Backup 550
CVP-NU-RC-T2H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-Hot Backup Maintenance
(provided by Nuance) 127
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2L Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2nd language 220
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2nd language
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2LH Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2nd language HB 110
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2nd language Hot Backup
Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3L Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language 440
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language Maintenance
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3LH Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language HB 220
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language Hot Backup
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3 - 1 YR Maint (provided by
Nuance) 368
CVP-NU-RC-T3HB Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-Hot Backup 800
CVP-NU-RC-T3H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-Hot Backup Maintenance
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2-MN
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2LHM
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-3L Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language 640
CVP-NU-RC-T3-3-MN
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-3LH Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language HB 320
CVP-NU-RC-T3-3LHM
CVP-NUA-RC-T4-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Maintenance (provided by
Nuance) 460
CVP-NU-RC-T4HB Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Hot Backup 1000
CVP-NU-RC-T4H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Hot Backup Maintenance
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2-MN
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2LHM
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3L Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language 800

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3-MN
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3LH Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language HB 400
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3LHM

Note that Nuance products are not eligible for VIP, nor is additional discounting (that is
DSA discounts are not available).
3.5.1.2 Nuance Licensing and CVPs
Nuance ASR and TTS licenses are carefully enforced for all the vendors currently
supported by Unified CVP. The license is checked out the moment a call needs to use it,
and it is reserved until the call leaves the VoiceXML gateway.

Please Note: This behavior is different than VXML Server licenses.

Also, ASR and TTS licenses are independent: a call checks out an ASR license when it
first needs to use ASR services, and a TTS license when it first needs to use TTS
services.
If you plan to move calls from self-service to queuing functionality, you will most likely
want to release the ASR and TTS licenses. However, Unified CVP makes no distinction
between a call that is at the VoiceXML gateway for self-service purposes and one that is
there to play queue music. It does not know that the call has progressed from self-service
to queuing services. The same VoiceXML gateway session remains active across the
transition, so any ASR and TTS licenses that were obtained in the first phase are not
automatically released.
3.5.1.3 ASR/TTS License Released in Queuing
You can, however, force the licenses to be released by causing the call to be removed
from the VoiceXML gateway and then redelivered there as a new VRU leg call.
Removing it from the VoiceXML gateway releases the ASR and TTS licenses, and
redelivering the call makes it immediately available to play queue prompts again, but this
time without ASR and TTS licenses. You can accomplish this result by transferring to a
bogus label causing a re-query to ICM and placing an explicit SendToVRU node or
TranslationRouteToVRU node ahead of the Queue node in ICM scripting to release
the ASR/TTS licenses.
3. 5. 2 I OS Gateway Li censi ng
Please consult the following link IOS Ordering Guide regarding on how to order IOS
Gateway and Cisco IOS VXML licensing for use with CVP solution. This also applies to
Gatekeeper ordering.
Please note that if you are using any of the Cisco Integrated Services Router (ISR)

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
gateways (Cisco 2800, 3700, or 3800 Series Routers) as VoiceXML gateways, you must
purchase additionally FL-VXML-1 or FL-VXML-12 licenses to enable the VXML
functionality.
This is different from the AS5xxx series in that the VXML license is bundled with AS5xxx
series that is used as a combo GW (meaning it has DSP to support PSTN GW (TDM)
and VXML functionality altogether).
For example, the SKU for AS5xxx bundle is AS535XM-8T1-V-HC: AS5350XM High-
Density Voice w/ 8T1, 8 AS5X-PVDM2-64, IP+ IOS, which will have VXML functionality
embedded.
If the AS5xxx is used as a dedicated VXML GW (i.e., DSP-less option), you have multiple
VXML license options; e.g. the SKU for 192 VXML sessions is AS535XM-VXML-192-V.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4. Ci sco Uni fi ed Contact Center Express
(Uni fi ed CCX)
4.1 Ciscos Configuration and Pricing Tools
The Communications Sizing Tool (http://tools.cisco.com/cucst/faces/login.jsp) is
required for any Cisco Unified Computing System based configuration.

4.2 Overview of End of Life and End of Sale Status for Cisco Unified
CCX Versions
For detailed EOL milestones please see
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_eol_notices_list.
html.
All Cisco Unified CCX 3.x (3.0, 3.1 and 3.5), 4.x (4.0, 4.1 and 4.5), 5.0, 6.0, 7.0 and 8.0
versions are End of Life and End of Sale. Customers on these systems cannot purchase
additional components and need to migrate to a version available for sale.
4.3 Overview of Cisco Unified CCX Licensing
The following licenses are available for use with Unified CCX:
1. Inbound voice user licenses
Support Cisco Unified Presence Server in Standard, Enhanced and Premium
Premium (with Cisco Agent Desktop) includes blended Preview Outbound,
Agent E-Mail and Web Chat. Cisco Finesse with Premium licenses does not
support Preview Outbound, Agent E-mail and Web Chat.
2. Non-High Availability (HA) Active server software license (these are auto-included
with new seat orders)
3. HA Standby server software licenses
4. Outbound IVR port licenses
5. Finesse Recording Licenses (for CCX 10)
6. Compliance Recording (CR) user licenses
7. Quality Manager (QM) user licenses
8. Advanced Quality Manager (AQM) user licenses
9. Workforce Management (WFM) user licenses
Licenses are obtained by purchasing the appropriate product ID for type of seat and
server software desired.
4. 3. 1 Server vs. Seat l i censes
The CCX primary and High Availability standby server each requires a server license. For
Non-HA UCCX the server license is included with the seat licenses when a new order is
placed and for UCCX with HA, a separate HA license for the dual server cluster is

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
required.
All other feature options (other than Outbound IVR) are sold on a per seat basis and
each seat requires a license (see also below for concurrent vs. named users).
A SocialMiner server license has to be purchased if the customer is deploying Web Chat.
4. 3. 2 Port l i censes
Each CCX Premium Outbound IVR port requires a port license. There is no Outbound
IVR server license as Outbound IVR is integrated with Unified CCX.
4. 3. 3 Node Locked vs. Non Node Locked Server Software Li censes
For all releases 3.x, 4.x, 5.x, 6.x and 7.x server software is NOT node locked.
Beginning in release 8.0 the CCX primary server will be the only node-locked server
license. Nodes are locked via a virtual MAC address. All other components, including
High Availability standby server and all seat options, including WFO seat options, will be
node-locked to the CCX primary server.
4. 3. 4 Concurrent vs. Named User (seat) Li censes
Concurrent licenses apply to logged in users. Different individuals may share a
concurrent license as long as only one of them is logged in.
Concurrent Licensing Example: Company A has 300 unique users that work in 3 shifts.
Each shift has 100 logged in users. Company A needs to purchase only 100 concurrent
user licenses.
Named licenses apply to unique individual users regardless of their logged in status.
Named user licenses are required for all WFO options including Compliance Recording,
Quality Manager, Advanced Quality Manager and Workforce Manager.
Named Licensing Example: Company B has 300 unique users that work in 3 shifts and
each needs access to the licensed option. Each shift has 100 logged in users. Company
B must purchase 300 named licenses.
Examples of named users include:
Recorded or scheduled agent
Supervisor using the desktop
Manager, evaluator or other person with a login
4. 3. 5 Concurrent Outbound I VR Li censes
Outbound IVR ports are licensed concurrently. Whenever an outbound IVR session
begins a license is consumed. As soon as a session ends that sessions license is
returned to the available license pool and becomes available for another IVR session to
use.
4. 3. 6 Fi nesse Recordi ng Li censes
Whenever a Finesse recording session via MediaSense is initiated a recording license is

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
consumed. As soon as a session ends that sessions license is returned to the available
license pool and becomes available for another recording session to use. Note that the
maximum number of concurrent Finesse recordings is also automatically limited by the
capacity available on the MediaSense server based on playback and monitoring
sessions, and when used for recording non-CCX users.
4. 3. 7 Concurrent l i censes appl y to l ogged i n users. Di fferent
i ndi vi dual s may share a Uni fi ed CCX Workforce Management
Each unique Workforce Manager user must have a named user license. Unified CCX
Workforce Manager user licenses are obtained by purchasing the Workforce Manager
user product ID. Workforce Manager user licenses may be purchased with Unified CCX
Premium and Enhanced Licenses in Unified CCX 10.0 and later. Prior versions of Unified
CCX provide Workforce Manager user licenses only with Premium licenses it is optional
as to whether or not Workforce Manager user licenses are purchased.
Unified Workforce Manager requires a dedicated server, separate from those used for
Unified CCX inbound voice or any other Unified CCX options. Windows 2003 Server and
Microsoft SQL Server 2005 licenses are required and must be purchased separately from
a Microsoft reseller.
4. 3. 8 Uni fi ed CCX Compl i ance Recordi ng (CR), Qual i ty Manager (QM),
Advanced Qual i ty Manager (AQM)
Each unique recording user must have a named user license. Recording user licenses
are obtained by purchasing the desired recording user product ID for CR, QM and/or
AQM. CR user licenses may be purchased for Unified CCX Standard, Enhanced or
Premium. QM and AQM user licenses may be purchased for Unified CCX Premium or
Enhanced (new in CCX 10.0) only. It is optional as to whether or not CR, QM or AQM
user licenses are purchased.
Any combination of CR, QM and AQM may be deployed on a single dedicated server,
separate from those used for Unified CCX inbound voice any other Unified CCX options.
Other deployment models are available and may be required depending on size of
deployment. Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 licenses are required
and must be purchased separately from a Microsoft reseller.
Note that CR, (A)QM and WFM cannot be purchased without CCX seats. These products
are packaged to work only with CCX.
4. 3. 9 Uni fi ed CCX I nbound Voi ce Hi gh Avai l abi l i ty (HA) Server
Software Li censi ng
Deployment of HA for inbound voice requires one software license for the HA active
server and one for the standby server software. HA is not available for Unified CCX
Standard. HA is optional for Unified CCX Enhanced or Premium.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4. 3. 10 Li cense downgrades, di stri butes, spl i ts and merges
License redistribution
When a customer needs to redistribute licenses over multiple CCX system, a case with
licensing@cisco.com needs to be opened. This applies for consolidation of multiple CCX
systems into a single one, as well as for moving some agent licenses from one system to
another.
Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license
files) to obtain new license files. Customers who are not able to provide either of these
details should mail the request to lpcc-express-pm[clsco.com, providing as much
information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order,
customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the entitlement can be
researched. Note that redistribution is only possible when licenses are of the same type
(i.e. Std, Enh, Pre), as a mix on a single system is not supported.
Release downgrades
Release downgrades are not supported. For example, when a customer orders a 9.0
license that needs to be deployed on an 8.5 system, the ordered needs to be RMAd and
a new order needs to be placed.
4.4 Supported Upgrade Paths
The following upgrade paths are supported:
DU = Direct Upgrade
IU = Indirect Upgrade
FI = Fresh Install

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

Upgrade Mi grati on Type Supported
CCX Rel eases for UCM on Wi ndows CCX Rel ease for UCM Appl i ance
2. x 3. 0 3. 1 3. 5 4. 0 4. 1 6. 0 4. 5 5. 0 7. 0 8. 0 8. 5 9. 0 10. 0
2.x DU IU or
FI
IU or
FI
IU or
FI
IU or
FI
IU or
FI
FI FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI FI
3.0 DU DU DU DU DU FI FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI FI
3 DU DU DU DU FI FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI FI
3.5 DU DU DU FI FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI FI
4.0 DU DU FI FI 4.0->7.0
Migration
Tool
IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI FI
4.1 DU DU FI FI FI FI FI FI
6.0 FI FI FI FI FI FI FI

4.5 DU DU IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI FI
5.0 DU DU IU or FI IU or FI IU or FI
7.0 DU DU DU IU or FI
8.0 DU DU DU
8.5 DU DU
9.0 DU

Direct Upgrades: Installer supported migration of configuration data, historical data,
workflows and all relevant information from one release to the next.
Indirect Upgrades: Interim releases are required to obtain installer supported migration
of configuration data, historical data, workflows and all relevant information from one
release to the next. All Indirect Upgrades requires BOTH the CCX releases as well as its
corresponding UCM or UCME release.
When purchasing an a la carte upgrade any release requiring an indirect upgrade will
include the media kits and upgrade license for each interim upgrade step (applies only to
release 4.0 and later). Customer must also obtain the corresponding UCM release for
each upgrade step (not provided with CCX upgrade order).
Upgrades fulfilled via UCSS require ordering of each interim release upgrade ($0).
Customers desiring to simply perform a fresh install of CCX 10.0 rather than perform an
interim upgrade will need to open a case with licensing@cisco.com to obtain new CCX
10.0 licenses.
Fresh Install: A new, fresh install is required. No support for migration of configuration

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
data, historical data, workflows or any other information from one release to another.
4. 4. 1 Upgradi ng Uni fi ed CCX Li censes Usi ng ESW and/ or UCSS
Any customer with a valid ESW and Unified Communications Software Subscription
contract may upgrade at no additional charge via the Cisco Product Upgrade Tool (PUT).
Please note that upgrades via PUT apply only to upgrading product components
purchased in earlier releases and not to new features introduced in a later release.

Please Note: VERY IMPORTANT: For each single system upgrade you need to order
quantity one (1) and ONLY quantity 1 of the appropriate upgrade PID. This single PID will
result in all required media kits (e.g. operating system, database and Cisco Unified
Contact Center Express software) as well as an upgrade Product Authorization Key
(PAK). When registered, the upgrade PAK will result in an upgrade license file.
A customer must upload their original release (e.g. 7.0) license file(s) AND the upgrade
license file to the new upgraded system (e.g. 8.5). The upgrade license file will
authenticate all the original release features (e.g. 7.0) for use in the new upgraded
system (e.g. 8.5).

4. 4. 2 Upgradi ng Uni fi ed CCX Li censes Usi ng Purchased Product I Ds
Customers without Cisco Unified Communications Subscription (UCSS) may choose to
purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to a later release.
The licensing mechanism for release 8.0 and later is exactly as described above for
ESW/UCSS upgrade customers.
4.5 Migrating from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Unified Contact Center
Enterprise (CCE) or vice versa
For migration from CCX to CCE, please refer to section 5.3.4 in the Cisco Unified Contact
Center Enterprise chapter of this Ordering Guide.
Cisco does not support migrations from CCE to CCX via product SKUs. Any such
migration must result in a purchase of new Unified CC PIDs. Any discounting required
must go thru DSA. Account teams submitting such deals to DSA must obtain Customer
Care Business Unit approval by contacting Unified CCX Product Management Product
Management at ipcc-express-pm@cisco.com.
4.6 Cisco Unified CCX 10.0
4. 6. 1 General i nformati on
4.6.1.1 Scope and reading guide
Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that
covers your specific ordering scenario:

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Chapter 4.6.2: New Unified CCX 10.0 Systems
Chapter 4.6.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or
expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 10.0 system
Chapter 4.6.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription
Service (UCSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0
Chapter 4.6.5: Release upgrades without ESW or UCSS from earlier releases of
Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to premium).
These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
lf your company ls conslderlng Clsco unlfled CommunlcaLlons ln a ubllc SafeLy
Answerlng olnL (SA) or equlvalenL emergency servlces envlronmenL, please
conLacL psap[clsco.com prlor Lo purchase or deploymenL.

4.6.1.2 Delivery Options
Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The same
part number is used for ordering both electronic and physical delivery with an option of
selecting the delivery mechanism at the time of ordering. The following options are
available:
(a) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with
physical delivery of media (DVD in a box)
(b) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
(c) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
electronic software delivery of media (media download).
The same part number provides an option of electronic or physical delivery at the time of
ordering.
4.6.1.3 What needs to be ordered?
For all types of orders, licenses need to be ordered.
Media (if needed) needs to be ordered separately. Media is needed in the following
cases:
When ordering a new system
When ordering add-ons that add new functionality to the system for the first time,
such as HA or CR, QM, AQM or WFM
Release upgrades
Media does not need to be ordered for:
Expansions
Seat upgrades (e.g. STD to PRE in the same version of Unified CCX)
4.6.1.4 Activating Unified CCX licenses
When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK)
via physical delivery or electronic delivery - to the physical or e-mail address listed on
your Cisco Sales Order.
To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Enter the PAK that you received in the License Registration Web tool at

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
http://www.cisco.com/go/license and click submit.
Follow the system prompts. You must enter the License MAC of the first node of the
Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of
nodes for which you need licenses.
The system sends the license file(s) to you via e-mail by using the E-mail ID that you
provided. You cannot use the license if you edit the contents of the file in any way.
Follow the process described on the installation guide to install the license file on the
system. Note that add-on and upgrade licenses are installed in addition to the
licenses that are already on the system.
4.6.1.5 Temporary Licenses
Every Unified CCX media kit ships with demo licenses to facilitate installation and testing
before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 60 days after
installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended
period, they can be requested by Cisco account teams using the internal temporary
license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please
provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the remarks field.
Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided.
Note that this is a Cisco internal tool only: requests will have to be made through your
Cisco account team.
4. 6. 2 Orderi ng New Systems
CCX 10.0 can be deployed only on a virtualized system bare metal deployments are
not supported. New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media (section 4.6.2.1)
Licenses (section 4.6.2.2)
There is a minimum requirement to order ten Unified CCX seat licenses when ordering a
new system.
Customers who wish to deploy Web Chat with CCX 10.0 will need to order the
SocialMiner media kit and the SocialMiner server license, details of which are available in
Section 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX customers.
Customers who have ordered CCX seats as part of the BE6000 or CUCM promotional
bundle can order additional seats or options by ordering addon licenses as detailed in
section 4.6.3
PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) must be configured and
ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer
Contact Solutions for information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on
UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes
above

4.6.2.1 Media
1o obLaln medla klLs Lhe followlng musL be conflgured:
CCX-10-MED-K9 CCX 10.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
There are five media kits that can be configured using the product code above. The
same part number can be configured for physical delivery of the media or electronic
software delivery. The following table specifies the details:
Product Code Contents NO LI CENSES Used wi th whi ch l i censes
CCX-10MEDIAKIT-K9=

CCX 10.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit -
NO LICENSES
Standard seat, Enhanced seat,
Premium seat, Enhanced High
Availability, Premium High
Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX10CRMEDIAKITK9 CCX 10.0 Compliance
Recording Qty 1 Media Kit - NO
LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX10QMMEDIAKITK9 CCX 10.0 Quality Manager Qty
1 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
Quality Management

CCX10AQMMEDKITK9 CCX 10.0 Adv Quality Manager
Qty 1 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT CCX 10.0 Workforce Manager

4.6.2.2 Licenses
Media shipment (as ordered using the product codes described in section 4.6.2.1) does
not include licenses. Licenses MUST be ordered separately using the product codes
below. Cisco recommends selection of eDelivery option.

Model Opti on Cl ass Li st Pri ce Auto
expansi on
CCX-10-LIC-K9 $0 CCX-10-PAK
NEW Premium CCX-10-N-P-LIC $1850

CCX-10-P-SVR-
LIC
CCX-10-CR-LIC $325
CCX-10-QM-LIC $495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC $695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC $550
CCX-10-PHA-LIC $14995
CCX-10-OBIVRLIC $395
CCEH-CCP-SVR-LIC $1000
Finesse recording
NEW
Enhanced

CCX-10-E-LIC $1250

CCX-10-E-SVR-
LIC
CCX-10-CR-LIC $325
CCX-10-QM-LIC $495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC $69
CCX-10-WFM-LIC $550
CCX-10-EHA-LIC $8995
Finesse recording
NEW
Standard
CCX-10-S-LIC $395
CCX-10-S-SVR-
LIC
CCX-10-CR-LIC $325
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat functionality. Please refer to
Section 8.1 for more details.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
*Note: ESW and UCSS is not offered/needed for HA options
4. 6. 3 Orderi ng ADDONs to Exi sti ng Systems
Customers using the Unified CCX promotional bundles and needing to order more seats
or options should order ADDON licenses for the required options.
Two separate Product IDs may need to be ordered:
4.6.3.1 Media
To obtain media kits for ADDON HA or WFO deployments, one of the following must be
ordered. No product licenses are provided by this product ID. These must be ordered
separately; see below.
CCX-10-MED-K9 CCX 10.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES
There are five media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The
following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses:
CCX-10MEDIAKIT-K9=

CCX 10.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit -
NO LICENSES
Enhanced High Availability, Premium
High Availability
CCX10CRMEDIAKITK9 CCX 10.0 Compliance
Recording Qty 1 Media Kit - NO
LICENSES
CCX10QMMEDIAKITK9 CCX 10.0 Quality Manager Qty
1 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
Quality Management

CCX10AQMMEDKITK9 CCX 10.0 Adv Quality Manager
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT CCX 10.0 Workforce Manager
4.6.3.2 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. Cisco recommends using electronic
delivery of PAK codes, using the eDelivery option.
NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat
licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new
license.
expansi on
CCX-10-ADD-
K9
$0 CCX-10-PAK
ADDON
Premium
CCX-10-A-P-LIC $1850

CCX-10-CR-LIC $325
CCX-10-QM-LIC $495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC $695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC $550
CCX-10-PHA-LIC $14995
CCX-10-OBIVRLIC $395
Finesse recording
ADDON CCX-10-A-E-LIC $1250

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
expansi on
Enhanced

CCX-10-CR-LIC $325

CCX-10-QM-LIC $495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC $695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC $550
CCX-10-EHA-LIC $8995
Finesse recording
ADDON
Standard
CCX-10-A-S-LIC $395

CCX-10-CR-LIC $325

UCSS and ESW for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering
tool, when selecting the option to do so.
* Note: ESW is not offered for HA options
4. 6. 4 Orderi ng rel ease upgrades wi th an ESW or UCSS contract
The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined
by whether the customer has an ESW contract or UCSS or both:
Software updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1. See section 4.6.4.1.
Maintenance Releases, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2). See section 4.6.4.1.
Minor Release Updates, e.g. 10.0(1) to 10.5(1). See section 4.6.4.1.
Major Release Updates, e.g.9.0(2) to 10.0(1). See section 4.6.4.2.
4.6.4.1 Software Updates, Maintenance Release and Minor Release Updates
Software Updates
Software Updates (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1) are offered via cisco.com for download for
customers who have a valid ESW contract. For download location, see below.
Maintenance Release Upgrades
Maintenance releases (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2)) are available on cisco.com for download for
4.6.4.2 Major Release Upgrades (PUT)
Major release upgrades, e.g. 7.0(1) to 9.0(1), for customers who have a valid UCSS
contract can be ordered via the Product Upgrade Tool (PUT,
http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp). PUT provides the list of eligible
products that can be ordered based on the contract details. The product codes and
descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a
Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-<Feature>-<FROM release>-<TO
release><K9>= (sometimes the dashes are dropped to stay within the 18 character
product code limit).
<Feature>: this can be any of the following:
o S CCX Standard
o E CCX Enhanced, no HA

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
o EHA CCX Enhanced, with HA
o P CCX Premium, no HA
o PHA CCX Premium, with HA
o CR Compliance recording
o QM Quality Management
o AQM Advanced Quality Management
o WFM Workforce Management
<FROM release> and <TO release>: 3.1 would be 31, 8.0 would be 80, etc. Note
that the older releases of the Workforce Optimization (WFO) software had release
numbers out of synch with Unified CCX. In these cases the WFO product codes
have the Unified CCX release numbers. For example, if the customer wishes to
upgrade from AQM 2.7.3 to AQM 8.0.x, the required part number would be CCX-
UPG-AQM-70-80. The compatibility matrix provides the mapping between the WFO
release and the Unified CCX release.
<K9>: the K9 designator indicates that software is shipped that is subject to export
controls (encryption, specifically).
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified
CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product
codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9=
CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9=
CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK
for servers and seats are shipped for PUT upgrades.
There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 8.0, 8.5 or 9.0 TO 10.0 are
supported for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 10.0 upgrade process will ensure
that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.)
will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade
product code. For example, when upgrading from 8.0 Premium to 10.0 order quantity
1 of CCX-UPG-P-80-10=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM Unified CCX 5.0 or 7.0 TO Unified CCX 10.0 will
require an intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure
that all information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be
ordered separately. Example: Customer is on a 7.0 Premium release and desires to
perform indirect upgrade to release 10.0. Customer must upgrade in the following
steps: 7.0 -> 9.0->10.0. Customer will need media kits for 9.0 as well as upgrade
license files for 7.0->9.0. In order to receive these media and licenses, the customer
must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT Product IDs:
o CCX-UPG-P-70-90K9=
o CCX-UPG-P-90-10K9=
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases:
Either an upgrade FROM 3.x, 4.x or 6.0 TO 10.0, which will require a fresh
install of release 10.0, or

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Customers wanting to upgrade to new hardware.
For customers desiring to perform a fresh install, the customer should order the PUT
Product ID corresponding to their current and target release. For example: a
customer is on a 4.0 Premium release and desires to perform a fresh install.
Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-40-10K9=.
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and
load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the bottom of this page on how to
obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for
whatever reason, please open a case with licensing@cisco.com to request a new, fresh
install release Unified CCX 10.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement
details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license.
Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to
ipcc-express-pm@cisco.com, providing as much information about the original order as
possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered,
etc.
Please note: All UCSS upgrade customers using PUT and desiring to perform a fresh
install must open a case with licensing@cisco.com to request a new, fresh install release
10.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or
existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to
provide either of these details should mail the request to ipcc-express-pm@cisco.com,
providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of
order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.

Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system
From the Unified CCX Administration menu bar, choose System > License Information >
Display License(s).
The License Information web page opens displaying the details of the configured license
such as the license type, number of IVR ports, number of seats, maximum number of
agents, and so on, as well as the actual license key itself.
4. 6. 5 A-l a-carte Upgrades
A-la-carLe upgrades are offered Lo cusLomers who wanL Lo do one of Lhe
followlng:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to
Unified CCX 10.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS contract. There are 3 types
of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
o Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 8.0 or 9.0 TO 10.0 are
supported for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 10.0 upgrade process will
ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data,
workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0.
o Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 5.0, 7.0 TO 10.0 will require an
intermediate upgrades to 8.0 and 9.0 respectively to ensure that all information

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
will be migrated. Any such upgrade order will include all necessary
intermediate upgrade Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o Example: Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 5.0 to 10.0. Customer must
upgrade 5.0 -> 8.0 -> 10.0. Customer will receive media kits for 8.0 as well as
upgrade license files for Unified CCX 5.0 to 8.0 and 8.0 to 10.0
o Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases:
- Either an upgrade FROM 3.x, 4.x or 6.0 TO 10.0, which will require a fresh
install of release 10.0
- Customer wanting to upgrade to new hardware.
o The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new
hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the
information in the box below on how to obtain the license file from the existing
system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open
a case with licensing@cisco.com to request a new, fresh install release 10.0
license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or
existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not
able to provide either of these details should mail the request to ipcc-express-
pm@cisco.com, providing as much information about the original order as
possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses
ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 10.0 STD to
Unified CCX 10.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified
CCX system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in Section
4.6.3. There are three different types of seat upgrades:
o Standard to Enhanced
o Standard to Premium
o Enhanced to Premium
Note: A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade
at the same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 PRE) is not
supported. Customers would need to first upgrade the version and upgrade the
package.
Upgrade licenses are available in eDelivery (Cisco Recommended, but only available for
direct upgrades, i.e. from 7.0 or later) or traditional physical delivery (all upgrades). They
are described in sections 4.6.5.1 and 4.6.5.2 respectively.
All upgrades must be ordered using the Product ID that specifies the release FROM
which the customer is upgrading. It is important to order the correct product code, or else
the upgrade license key will not work.
Here are some example upgrade orders. The product IDs are described in detail in the
following sections of this chapter.
Example 1: Unified CCX 10.0 Standard to 10.0 Enhanced
Customer has a Unified CCX 10.0 Standard system and wishes to upgrade to a Unified
CCX 10.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID:
CCX-10-UPG-K9 CCX 10.0 UPGRADE
CCX10-10U-S-E-S1 CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - 10.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat
Example 2: Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 10.0 Premium HA
Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 10.0 Premium HA. This is
a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only
option. The customer needs to upgrade to Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced first and then
upgrade from Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced to Premium.
CCX-4X-10-EHA CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - 4.X to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
CCX-10-10-EPHA CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - 10.0 to 10.0 ENH-PRE HA-HA
CCX4X-10U-E-E-S1 CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - 4.X to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat
CCX10-10U-E-P-S1 CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - 10.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-PRE Seat LICENSE ONLY
The customer will receive the licenses and the Unified CCX 10.0 media kit as part of this
order.
Example 4: Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced to 9.0 Enhanced
Customer has a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to upgrade to a
Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only
and electronic delivery can be used. The media and licenses required for the interim
upgrade from 7.0 to 9.0 and 9.0 to 10.0 will be shipped.
Use product IDs:
CCX70-10U-E-E-S1 CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - 7.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has a Unified CCX 8.0 HA system, upgrading to an 10.0 HA system, the
HA upgrade product code would have to be added:
CCX-10-UPG-K9 CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX80-10U-E-E-S1 CCX 9.0 UPGRADE - 8.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
CCX-80-10-EHA CCX 10.0 UPGRADE - 8.0 to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
Example 5:
Customer has ordered the 25 Premium seat promo bundle with a new BE6000 and
wishes to add 10 more seat licenses and High Availability.
CCX-10-ADD-K9 CCX 10.0 ADDON Quantity 1
CCX-10-A-P-LIC CCX 10.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 ADDON License Quantity 10
CCX-10-PHA-LIC CCX 10.0 PRE HA License Quantity 1

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
!"#"$"% Ordering A La Carte UPGRADES
For pDelivery a la card upgrade orders the media are included in the license orders. So
there is no need to order media separately.
4.6.5.1.1 Licenses
Llcenses MuS1 be ordered for upgrade orders.
PLEASE NOTE: Upgrade PAKs cannot be provided for any release 3.x customer. As a
result, customers upgrading from a 3.x release, must open a case with
licensing@cisco.com to obtain a 4.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement
details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) of the original 3.x system. Customers who
are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to ipcc-express-
pm@cisco.com, providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g.
time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the
original order details can be researched.
Any release 4.0 or later customer does not have to open a case and the appropriate
licenses will be provided in the order.

Upgrade
Type
From
Rel ease
Seat Upgrade
(Order one per
agent)
Li st
Pri ce
HA Upgrade
(Order one per
system)
Li st Pri ce
Any top
level SKU
Any CCX-10-UPG-K9 $0
Premium 3.x CCX3X-10U-P-P-S1 $925
4.x CCX4X-10U-P-P-S1 $925
5.0 CCX50-10U-P-P-S1 $925 CCX-50-10-PHA $7498
6.0 CCX60-10U-P-P-S1 $925 CCX-60-10-PHA $7498
7.0 CCX70-10U-P-P-S1 $925 CCX-70-10-PHA $7498
8.0 CCX80-10U-P-P-S1 $925 CCX-80-10-PHA $7498
8.5 CCX85-10U-P-P-S1 $925 CCX-85-10-PHA $7498
9.0 CCX90-10U-P-P-S1 $925 CCX-90-10-PHA $7498
Enhanced 3.x CCX3X-10U-E-E-S1 $625
4.X CCX4X-10U-E-E-S1 $625 CCX-4X-10-EHA $4498
5.0 CCX50-10U-E-E-S1 $625 CCX-50-10-EHA $4498
6.0 CCX60-10U-E-E-S1 $625 CCX-60-10-EHA $4498
7.0 CCX70-10U-E-E-S1 $625 CCX-70-10-EHA $4498
8.0 CCX80-10U-E-E-S1 $625 CCX-80-10-EHA $4498
8.5 CCX85-10U-E-E-S1 $625 CCX-85-10-EHA $4498
9.0 CCX90-10U-E-E-S1 $625 CCX-90-10-EHA $4498
Standard 3.x CCX3X-10U-S-S-S1 $198 HA not available
4.X CCX4X-10U-S-S-S1 $198 HA not available
5.0 CCX50-10U-S-S-S1 $198 HA not available

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Upgrade
Type
From
Rel ease
Seat Upgrade
(Order one per
agent)
Li st
Pri ce
HA Upgrade
(Order one per
system)
Li st Pri ce
STD-ENH
Seat
Upgrade
order for
every agent:
10.0 CCX10-10U-S-E-S1 $849 Order Enhanced HA
as Addon

STD-PRE
Seat
Upgrade
order for
every agent:
10.0 CCX10-10U-S-P-S1 $1449 Order Premium HA as
Addon

ENH-PRE
HA Upgrade
10.0 CCX10-10U-E-P-S1 $599 CCX-10-10-EPHA $6000

Please note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to
be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 10.0.
4.6.5.2 Updating UCSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses
UCSS cannot be upgraded from one category to another (e.g. Standard to Enhanced). If
the customer upgrades within the solution, they need to purchase UCSS for greater or
equal value to cover the new version, then they can request a credit on the unused term
of the original purchase from Customer Service. Please contact ucss-
support@external.cisco.com for the External Credit Request Form to process the credit.
A new PAK will be assigned for the new version and counts.
Please contact ucss-support@external.cisco.com for questions regarding UCSS.
4. 6. 6 WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated
with.
4.6.6.1 UCSS upgrades for WFO
Customers who have a valid UCSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described
below:
Upgrading from Upgrading To Order on PUT
2.6.x, 2,7.x 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-CR70-10K9=
CCX-UPG-QM70-10K9=
CCX-UPGAQM70-10K9=
8.0(2) 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-CR80-10K9=
CCX-UPG-QM80-10K9=
CCX-UPGAQM80-10K9=
8.5.x 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-CR85-10K9=
CCX-UPG-QM-85-10K9=
CCX-UPG-AQM-85-10K9=
9.0.x 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-CR90-10K9=
CCX-UPG-QM-90-10K9=
CCX-UPG-AQM-90-10K9=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the media and licenses.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4.6.6.2 A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM
Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to
order the required CR/QM/AQM versions.
Upgrading From Upgrading To Order List Price
Any Any
CCX-10-UPG-K9
$0
CR 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3) CR 10.0(1) CCX-70-10U-C-CS1 $163
QM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3) QM 10.0(1) CCX-70-10U-Q-QS1 $248
AQM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3) AQM 10.0(1) CCX-70-10U-A-AS1 $348
CR 8.0(2)
CR 10.0(1) CCX-80-10U-C-CS1 $163
QM 8.0(2) QM 10.0(1) CCX-80-10U-Q-QS1 $248
AQM 8.0(2) AQM 10.0(1) CCX-80-10U-A-AS1 $348
CR 8.5.X CR 10.0(1) CCX-85-10U-C-CS1 $163
QM 8.5.X QM 10.0(1) CCX-85-10U-Q-QS1 $248
AQM 8.5.X AQM 10.0(1) CCX-85-10U-A-AS1 $348
CR 9.0 CR 10.0(1) CCX-90-10U-C-CS1 $163
QM 9.0 QM 10.0(1) CCX-90-10U-Q-QS1 $248
AQM 9.0 AQM 10.0(1) CCX-90-10U-A-AS1 $348
CR 10.0(1) QM 10.0(1) CCX-10-10U-CQMS1 $248
CR 10.0(1) AQM 10.0(1) CCX-10-10UCAQMS1 $348
QM 10.0(1) AQM 10.0(1) CCX-10-10UQAQMS1 $348

4.6.6.3 Upgrading WFM using the Product Upgrade Tool (PUT)
Customers who have a valid UCSS contract can upgrade WFM as described below:
8.2.x, 8.3.x 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-WFM-70-10=
8.3.4 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-WFM-80-10=
8.5.x 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-WFM-85-10=
9.0 10.0(1) CCX-UPG-WFM-90-10=

Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and
pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.6.6.4 A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM
order the required WFM versions.
Upgrading From Upgrading To Order List Price
Any Any CCX-10-UPG-K9 $0
CCX 7.0
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
CCX 10.0
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX-70-10U-W-WS1 $275
CCX 8.0
WFM 8.3(4)
CCX 10.0
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX-80-10U-W-WS1 $275

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CCX 8.5
WFM 8.5.x
CCX 10.0
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX-85-10U-W-WS1 $275
CCX 9.0
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX 10.0
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX-90-10U-W-WS1 $275
4. 6. 7 Uni fi ed CCX Promoti onal Bundl e
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with
NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco
Business Edition 6000 (BE6000). The promotional bundle include 5/25 Enhanced seats
or 5/25 Premium seats. However, only one bundle can be chosen and promotional
bundles cannot be combined.
PLEASE NOTE: Entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database
is included as part of the 5/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-10-5E provides the operating
system and database entitlement for the 5 seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo bundle
that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM.
Product
Number
Descri pti on Li st Pri ce
(USD)
CCX-10-5E Entitlement SKU for 5-seat promo bundle
$995
CCX-10-5P CCX 9.0 10 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$2,995
CCX-10-25E CCX 9.0 25 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$22,395
CCX-10-25P CCX 9.0 25 Premium Seat Bundle
$34,495
Note that promo bundles cannot be combined for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5
seat promo bundle with the new 25 seat promo bundle to create a 30 seat deployment. If
additional seats or options are required, please configure CCX-10-ADDON-K9.
Please refer to http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/promotions/cucce_bundle.html for
information on the bundle and to
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list.
html for Q&A on this promotional offer.
Please read
html for Q&A on this promotional offer if this is your first time positioning it.
PLEASE NOTE: Due to internal Cisco order fulfillment constraints Cisco ships one
bundle for every new UCM or BE 6000 shipped. For Unified CM, customers are
entitled to one and only one bundle per Unified CM cluster.
Example: Customer orders a three Unified CM cluster and receive three bundles, one for
each Unified CM ordered. The customer is entitled to deploy one and only one bundle on
that cluster. The three bundles received may not be aggregated on that cluster. The
other two bundles received may also not be used on any other cluster.
Essential Operate Services Software (ESW) and Unified Communications
Subscription Service (UCSS) are NOT INCLUDED with this bundle. Purchasing ESW
or UCSS for Unified Communications Manager does NOT provide ESW or UCSS for the

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Unified CCX bundle. You must separately purchase ESW and UCSS for Unified CCX.
4. 6. 8 Non-producti on l i censes
4.6.8.1 NFR Kit Product IDs
Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit.
The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or
electronic delivery.
Product Number Descri pti on Li st
Pri ce
NFR Ki t Product I Ds
CCX-10-NFR= CCX 10.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, QM,
AQM, WFM.
$100
4.6.8.2 Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified CCX 10.0 does not at this time provide product IDs for purchase of customer non-
production systems. All such systems must be ordered using New product IDs and
pricing.
4. 6. 9 Nuance Speech Sol uti ons wi th Ci sco Uni fi ed Contact Center
Express and Uni fi ed I P I VR
Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from
Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Contact Center Express (Unified CCX) and
Unified IP IVR under Cisco's SolutionsPlus program.
This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified
Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP), and therefore selling Nuance for Unified CCX
under SolutionsPlus is limited to CVP ATP certified partners.
Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance
Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This
enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco allowing Cisco
sales quota retirement with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product support. It is
also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note
that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products supported by
Nuance; hence there is no Cisco ESW or UCSS maintenance.
Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders
for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following
guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and
deployment plan before the order will be approved.
Ensure the customer executes the End User License Agreement (EULA) for the
Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco.
Ensure the customer understands that support for the Nuance products is provided
by Nuance not Cisco under a Nuance warranty.
All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU
Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process.
There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any
discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not
available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the
Unified CVP "Partner Resources" page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp.
Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that
Chapter 4.7.2: New Unified CCX 9.0 Systems
Chapter 4.7.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or
expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 9.0 system
Chapter 4.7.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription
Service (UCSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 9.0
Unified CCX to Unified CCX 9.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to premium).
These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The
following options are available:
(d) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with
(e) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
(f) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with L-. Product codes for
Electronic Software Delivery start with R-.
cases:
Release upgrades
Expansions

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Seat upgrades
4.7.1.4 Activating Unified CCX licenses
When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK)
via physical delivery or electronic delivery - to the physical or e-mail address listed on
your Cisco Sales Order.
To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of
nodes for which you need licenses.
Every Unified CCX media kit ships with temporary licenses to facilitate installation and
testing before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 30 days
after installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended
period, they can be requested by Cisco account teams using the internal temporary
license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please
provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the remarks field.
Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided.
Cisco account team.
new sysLem orders requlre Lhe followlng Lo be ordered:
Medla and/or servers (secLlon 4.7.2.1), as well as
Llcenses (secLlon 4.7.2.2)
1here ls a mlnlmum requlremenL Lo order Len unlfled CCx seaL llcenses when
orderlng a new sysLem.
CusLomers who wlsh Lo deploy Web ChaL wlLh CCx 9.0 wlll need Lo order Lhe
SoclalMlner medla klL and Lhe SoclalMlner server llcense, deLalls of whlch are
avallable ln SecLlon 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX customers.
lf your company ls conslderlng Clsco unlfled CommunlcaLlons ln a ubllc SafeLy
Answerlng olnL (SA) or equlvalenL emergency servlces envlronmenL, please
conLacL psap[clsco.com prlor Lo purchase or deploymenL.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4.7.2.1 Media and/or servers
1o obLaln Clsco MCS servers and/or medla klLs one of Lhe followlng musL be
conflgured:
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the
media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media
through this product code, for physical delivery.
PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) cannot be configured and
ordered via the product ID above and must be configured and ordered separately. See
chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Contact Solutions for
information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified
CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above.
There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The

CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=

CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit Standard seat, Enhanced seat,
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=

CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording
Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=

CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager
Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=

CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager
Qty 1 Media Kit

4.7.2.2 Licenses
below. Licenses can be ordered for:
Electronic delivery (eDelivery), as described in section 4.7.2.2.1. This is the Cisco
recommended method.
Physical delivery (pDelivery), as described in section 4.7.2.2.2
4.7.2.2.1 eDelivery Licenses (Cisco Recommended)

Model Opti on Cl ass Auto
expansi on
ESW UCSS What shi ps?
L-CCX-90-
NEW-LIC
L-CCX-90-E-
PAK
UCSS-
CCX
eDelivery PAK
NEW
Premium
eDelivery

eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-P-LIC ($1850) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($295) eDelivery PAK

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
expansi on
L-CCX-90-N-QM-LIC ($449)

L-CCX-90-P-
SVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-AQM-LIC
($595)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-WFM-LIC
($495)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-NOBIVRLIC
($395)
eDelivery PAK
CCEH-CCP-SVR-LIC
($1000)
N/A
NEW
Enhanced
eDelivery

L-CCX-90-E-
SVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-E-LIC ($1250) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-EHA-LIC
($8995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
NEW
Standard
eDelivery

L-CCX-90-S-
SVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395) eDelivery PAK
Essential Operate Services Software Only (ESW) for the above products can be
included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting Essential SW as the
Software Service Level on the main order form in the Cisco ordering tools.
*Note: ESW is not offered/needed for HA options
4.7.2.2.2 pDelivery Licenses
expansi on
CCX-90-
NEW-LIC
CCX-90-P-PAK Physical PAK
NEW
Premium
pDelivery

CCX-90-P-
SVR-LIC
Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-P-LIC ($1850) Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($295) Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-QM-LIC ($449) Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-AQM-LIC ($595) Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-WFM-LIC ($495) Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* Physical PAK
CCX-90-NOBIVRLIC ($395) Physical PAK
CCEH-CCP-SVR-LIC ($1000) N/A
NEW
Enhanced
pDelivery

CCX-90-E-
SVR-LIC
Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-E-LIC ($1250) Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-EHA-LIC ($8995) N/A* Physical PAK
NEW Physical PAK

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
expansi on
Standard
pDelivery
CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395)
CCX-90-S-
SVR-LIC
Physical PAK

1wo separaLe roducL lus may need Lo be ordered:

PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers cannot be configured and ordered via
the product ID below and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of
the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX
Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above.
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=

CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=

Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=

CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty
1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=

CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1
Media Kit
4.7.3.2 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. eDelivery or traditional physical

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
delivery product licenses are configured using the product ID shown below. Choosing
Physical Delivery will always result in a physical shipment of a piece of paper with a PAK
from the factory. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the
eDelivery product codes.
NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat
licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new
license.
expansi on
L-CCX-90-
ADDON
L-CCX-90-E-PAK eDelivery PAK
NEW Premium
eDelivery

eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-P-LIC ($1850) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($295) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-QM-LIC ($449) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-AQM-LIC
($595)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-WFM-LIC
($495)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-AOBIVRLIC
($395)
eDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced
eDelivery

eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-E-LIC ($1250) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-EHA-LIC
($8995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
NEW Standard
eDelivery

eDelivery PAK

ESW for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when
selecting the option to do so.
4.7.3.2.2 p Delivery Licenses

expansi on
CCX-90-
ADDON
CCX-90-P-PAK pDelivery PAK
NEW Premium
pDelivery

pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-P-LIC ($1850) pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($295) pDelivery PAK

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
expansi on
CCX-90-A-QM-LIC ($449)

pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-AQM-LIC ($595) pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-WFM-LIC ($495) pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-AOBIVRLIC ($395) pDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced
pDelivery

pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-E-LIC ($1250) pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-EHA-LIC ($8995) N/A* pDelivery PAK
NEW Standard
pDelivery

pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-S-LIC ($395) pDelivery PAK

The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined
by whether the customer has an ESW contract or UCSS or both:
Minor Release Updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.5(1). See section 4.7.4.1
Major Release Updates, e.g. 8.0(2) to 9.0(1). See section 4.7.4.2.
Software Updates
Maintenance releases (e.g. 7.0(1) to 7.0(2) or 8.0(1) to 8.0(2)) are available on cisco.com
for download for customers who have a valid ESW contract. For download location, see
below.
descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a
Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-<Feature>-<FROM release>-<TO

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
release><K9>= (sometimes the dashes are dropped to stay within the 18 character
product code limit).
o S CCaX Standard
numbers out of synch with Unified CCX. In these cases the WFO product codes
have the Unified CCX release numbers. For example, if the customer wishes to
upgrade from AQM 2.7.3 to AQM 8.0.x, the required part number would be CCX-
UPG-AQM-70-80. The compatibility matrix provides the mapping between the WFO
release and the Unified CCX release.
<K9>: the K9 designator indicates that software is shipped that is subject to export
controls (encryption, specifically).
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified
CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product
codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9=
CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9=
CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 7.0, 8.0 or 8.5 TO 9.0 are supported
for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 9.0 upgrade process will ensure that all
information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be
migrated to 9.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For
example, when upgrading from 7.0 Premium to 9.0 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P-
70-90=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 9.0 will require an
intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all
information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered
separately. Example: Customer is on a 3.5 Premium release and desires to perform
indirect upgrade to release 9.0. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 3.5 -
> 4.0 -> 7.0 -> 9.0. Customer will need media kits for 4.0, 7.0 and 9.0 as well as
upgrade license files for 3.5 -> 4.0->7.0 and 7.0->9.0. In order to receive these
media and licenses, the customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Product IDs:
o CCX-UPG-P-35-40=
o CCX-UPG-P-40-70=
o CCX-UPG-P-70-90=
Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 9.0, which will require a fresh install
of release 9.0, or
Customers wanting to upgrade to new hardware.
Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-40-90=.
install release 9.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#,
PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able
to provide either of these details should mail the request to ipcc-express-pm@cisco.com,
9.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing
license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide
either of these details should mail the request to ipcc-express-pm@cisco.com, providing
as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order,
customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.

Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system
Display License(s).
followlng:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to
Unified CCX 9.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS contract. There are 3 types
of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
supported for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 9.0 upgrade process will
ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data,
workflows, etc.) will be migrated to 9.0.
o Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 9.0 will require an
intermediate upgrades to 7.0 to ensure that all information will be migrated.
Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade
Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o Example: Customer is upgrading from 4.0 to 9.0. Customer must upgrade 4.0 -
> 7.0 -> 9.0. Customer will receive media kits for 7.0 and 9.0 as well as
upgrade license files for 7.0 and 9.0.
- Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 9.0, which will require a fresh install
of release 9.0
ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 9.0 STD to
Unified CCX 9.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified CCX
system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in chapter 4.7.3.
There are three different types of seat upgrades:
A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the
same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 9.0 PRE).

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Example 1: Unified CCX 9.0 Standard to 9.0 Enhanced
Customer has an Unified CCX 9.0 Standard system and wishes to upgrade to a Unified
CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade
only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID:
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC CCX 9.0 UPGRADE - eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX90-90U-S-E-S1 CCX 9.0 UPGRADE 9.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
Example 2: Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 9.0 Premium HA
Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 9.0 Premium HA. This is a
combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only
option. All required interim release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order.
The correct Product IDs would be qty 1 for the HA standby server and qty X for however
many Unified CCX 4.0 seats are being upgraded to Unified CCX 9.0.
CCX-90-UPG-LIC CCX 9.0 UPGRADE - Physical Delivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX-90-HA-E-P-U CCX 9.0 UPGRADE - HA ENH-HA PRE LICENSE ONLY
Example 3: Unified CCX 3.5 Premium to Unified CCX 9.0 Premium
Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 3.5 to Unified CCX 9.0. This is a combined
major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. All
required interim release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order. Customer
will need to perform a 3.5->4.0->7.0->9.0 migration and will receive:
A 4.0 media kit but no PAK customer must open a case with licensing@cisco.com
to receive a 4.0 license and provide the SO#
A 7.0 media kit and an upgrade PAK for 4.0 to 7.0 upgrade
CCX-90-UPG-LIC CCX 9.0 UPGRADE - pDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX3X-90-P-P-S1 CCX 9.0 UPGRADE 3.5 to 9.0 Qty 1 PRE-PRE Seat
Example 4: Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced to 9.0 Enhanced
Customer has an Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to upgrade to a
Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only
and electronic delivery can be used. When using eDelivery SKUs, media will not be
automatically added to the order. Media needs to be ordered separately, using CCX-90-
SRVRS-MEDIA (physical delivery) or R-CCX-90-MEDIA (electronic software delivery).
Use product IDs:
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1 CCX 9.0 UPGRADE - 7.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has an Unified CCX 7.0 HA system, upgrading to an 9.0 HA system, the

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
HA upgrade product code would have to be added:
L-CCX-90-HA-E-E-U CCX 9.0 UPGRADE - HA ENH-HA ENH LICENSE ONLY
4.7.5.1 Ordering UPGRADES via a la carte Electronic Delivery
For eDelivery upgrade orders two separate Product IDs may need to be configured
(media and licenses). Media is not needed for seat upgrades only, when the major
release is unchanged. Media is needed when doing a major release upgrade.
A la carte eDelivery upgrades are available only for customers upgrading from releases
that support direct upgrades (7.0 or 8.0). Releases that do not support direct upgrades
need to be configured for physical delivery (see section).
4.7.5.1.1 Media and/or servers
If new servers and/or media kits are desired or required (see paragraphs above) one of
the following product IDs must be configured.

CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=

CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=

Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=

1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=

Media Kit
4.7.5.1.2 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered using the product codes below.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Upgrade Type From
Rel ease
Order What Shi ps
Any top level SKU Any L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC eDelivery PAK. This
PAK is configured with
the underlying agent
upgrade quantities and
types.
Premium (no seat upgrade) order
for every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-P-P-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-P-P-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-P-P-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-P-P-S1
When upgrading a Premium HA
system, also order qty 1 of:
7.0 L-CCX-70-90-PHA eDelivery PAK
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) order
for every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-E-E-S1
for every agent:
When upgrading an Enhanced HA
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-E-E-S1
Any L-CCX-90-HA-E-E-U eDelivery PAK
Standard (no seat upgrade) order
for every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-S-S-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-S-S-S1
for every agent:
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade order for
every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-S-E-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-S-S-S1
every agent:
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade order for
every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-S-P-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-S-E-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-S-E-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
every agent:
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade order for
every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-S-P-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-S-P-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-S-P-S1
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade order for
every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-90U-E-P-S1
8.5 L-CCX85-90U-E-P-S1
9.0 L-CCX90-90U-E-P-S1
Any L-CCX-90-HA-E-P-U eDelivery PAK

Note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 9.0
!"'"$"( Ordering UPGRADES via A La Carte Physical Delivery
4.7.5.2.1 Servers

CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9= CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit Standard seat, Enhanced seat,
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9= CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording
Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9= CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty
1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT= CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1
Media Kit
4.7.5.2.2 Licenses

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Upgrade Type From
Rel ease
Order What Shi ps
Any top level SKU Any CCX-90-UPG-LIC pDelivery PAK. This
types.
Media kits
Premium (no seat upgrade) order for every
agent:
3.x CCX3X-90U-P-P-S1
4.0 CCX40-90U-P-P-S1
4.1 CCX41-90U-P-P-S1
4.5 CCX45-90U-P-P-S1
5.0 CCX50-90U-P-P-S1
6.0 CCX60-90U-P-P-S1
7.0 CCX70-90U-P-P-S1
8.0 CCX80-90U-P-P-S1
8.5 CCX85-90U-P-P-S1
When upgrading a Premium HA system, also
order qty 1 of:
Any CCX-90-HA-P-P-U pDelivery PAK
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) order for
every agent:
3.x CCX3X-90U-E-E-S1
4.0 CCX40-90U-E-E-S1
4.1 CCX41-90U-E-E-S1
4.5 CCX45-90U-E-E-S1
5.0 CCX50-90U-E-E-S1
6.0 CCX60-90U-E-E-S1
7.0 CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0 CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5 CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
When upgrading an Enhanced HA system,
also order qty 1 of:
Any CCX-90-HA-E-E-U pDelivery PAK
Standard (no seat upgrade) order for every
agent:
3.x CCX3X-90U-S-S-S1
4.0 CCX40-90U-S-S-S1
4.1 CCX41-90U-S-S-S1
4.5 CCX45-90U-S-S-S1
5.0 CCX50-90U-S-S-S1
6.0 CCX60-90U-S-S-S1
7.0 CCX70-90U-S-S-S1
8.0 CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5 CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade order for every
agent:
3X CCX3X-90U-S-E-S1
4.0 CCX40-90U-S-E-S1
4.1 CCX41-90U-S-E-S1
4.5 CCX45-90U-S-E-S1
5.0 CCX50-90U-S-E-S1
6.0 CCX60-90U-S-E-S1
7.0 CCX70-90U-S-E-S1
8.0 CCX80-90U-S-E-S1
8.5 CCX85-90U-S-E-S1

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Upgrade Type From
Rel ease
Order What Shi ps
9.0 CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade order for every
agent:
3.x CCX3X-90U-S-P-S1
4.0 CCX40-90U-S-P-S1
4.1 CCX41-90U-S-P-S1
4.5 CCX45-90U-S-P-S1
5.0 CCX50-90U-S-P-S1
6.0 CCX60-90U-S-P-S1
7.0 CCX70-90U-S-P-S1
8.0 CCX80-90U-S-P-S1
8.5 CCX85-90U-S-P-S1
9.0 CCX90-90U-S-P-S1
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade order for every
agent:
3X CCX3X-90U-E-P-S1
4.0 CCX40-90U-E-P-S1
4.1 CCX41-90U-E-P-S1
4.5 CCX45-90U-E-P-S1
5.0 CCX50-90U-E-P-S1
6.0 CCX60-90U-E-P-S1
7.0 CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
8.0 CCX80-90U-E-P-S1
8.5 CCX85-90U-E-P-S1
9.0 CCX90-90U-E-P-S1
Any CCX-90-HA-E-P-U pDelivery PAK

be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 9.0.
4.7.5.3 Updating UCSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses
4. 7. 6 WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated
with.
4.7.6.1 UCSS upgrades for WFO
Customers who have a valid UCSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described
below:

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

2.6.x, 2,7.x 9.0(1) CCX-UPG-CR-70-90=
CCX-UPG-QM-70-90=
CCX-UPG-AQM-70-90=
8.0(2) 9.0(1) CCX-UPG-CR-80-90=
CCX-UPG-QM-80-90=
CCX-UPG-AQM-70-90=
8.5.x 9.0(1) CCX-UPG-CR-85-90=
CCX-UPG-QM-85-90=
CCX-UPG-AQM-85-90=

pDelivery licenses.
4.7.6.2 A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM
order the required CR/QM/AQM versions.
pDelivery Licenses
Upgrading From Upgrading To Order What Ships
CR/QM/AQM
2.6(1)
2.6(2)
2.7(2)
2.7(3)
CR/QM/AQM
9.0(1)
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CR: CCX-70-90U-C-CS1
QM: CCX-70-90U-Q-QS1
AQM: CCX-70-90U-A-AS1
Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)
CR/QM/AQM 8.0(2)

CR/QM/AQM
9.0(1)
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)
CR/QM/AQM 8.5.x CR/QM/AQM
9.0(1)
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)

eDelivery Licenses
CR/QM/AQM
2.6(1)
2.6(2)
2.7(2)
2.7(3)
CR/QM/AQM
9.0(1)
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CR: L-CCX-70-90U-C-CS1
QM: L-CCX-70-90U-Q-QS1
AQM:L- CCX-70-90U-A-AS1
Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CR/QM/AQM 8.0(2)

CR/QM/AQM
9.0(1)
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
AQM:L- CCX-80-90U-A-AS1
Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)
CR/QM/AQM 8.5.x CR/QM/AQM
9.0(1)
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
AQM: L-CCX-85-90U-A-AS1
Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)

4.7.6.3 Upgrading WFM using the Product Upgrade Tool (PUT)
Customers who have a valid UCSS contract can upgrade WFM as described below:
8.2.x, 8.3.x 9.0(1) CCX-UPG-WFM-70-90=
8.3.4 9.0(1) CCX-UPG-WFM-80-90=
8.5.x 9.0(1) CCX-UPG-WFM-85-90=

pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.7.6.4 A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM
order the required WFM versions.
pDelivery Licenses
CCX 7.0
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x

CCX 9.0
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX-70-90U-W-WS1

Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)
CCX 8.0
WFM 8.3(4)
CCX 9.0
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX-80-90U-W-WS1

Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)
CCX 8.5
WFM 8.5.x
CCX 9.0
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX-85-90U-W-WS1

Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)

eDelivery

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CCX 7.0
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x

CCX 9.0
WFM 9.0(1)
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
L-CCX-70-90U-W-
WS1

Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)
CCX 8.0
WFM 8.3(4)
CCX 9.0
WFM 9.0(1)
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX-80-90U-W-WS1

Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)
CCX 8.5
WFM 8.5.x
CCX 9.0
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX-85-90U-W-WS1

Media kits and
Upgrade licenses
(physical)

4. 7. 7 Uni fi ed CCX Promoti onal Bundl e
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with
NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco
Business Edition 6000 (BE 6000). The existing 5-seat promotional bundle has been
expanded to include 10/25 Enhanced seats or 10/25 Premium seats. However, only one
bundle can be chosen and promotional bundles cannot be combined.
is included as part of the 10/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-90-5E provides the
operating system and database entitlement for the 5 seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo
bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM.
Note that promo bundles cannot be combined for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5
seat promo bundle with the new 10/25 seat promo bundle to create a 15/30 seat
deployment. If additional seats are required, please configure the CCX-90-ADDON-LIC
or the L-CCX-90-ADDON-LIC part number to order the required number of seats.
Product
Number
(USD)
UCSS
Product
Number (1
year)
UCSS
Li st
Pri ce
(USD)
(1 year
per
seat)
CCX-90-5E Entitlement SKU for 5-seat promo bundle
$2,995 UCSS-CCX-
E-1-1
$100
$7,895 UCSS-CCX-
E-1-1
$100
$22,395 UCSS-CCX-
E-1-1
$100
$13,095 UCSS-CCX-
P-1-1
$148
$34,495 UCSS-CCX-
P-1-1
$148
Note: The UCSS part numbers listed above are for a single seat. Please order the
required number of subscriptions based on the bundle.
The Unified CCX bundle must be on a separated server if MCS servers are being
deployed. CCX-90-ADDON or L-CCX-90-ADDON can be configured to add additional
seats or options such as HA or WFO to the 10/25 seat promo bundles.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Please read
bundle for every new UCM or BE 6000 shipped. For Unified CM, customers are
4. 7. 8 New and Add On Product I Ds When Orderi ng from Ci sco
Whol esal e Di stri buti on Partners
The table below contains those product IDs that may be used to order from Cisco
wholesale distribution partners rather than configured and ordered direct from Cisco.
Please note only eDelivery licenses are available.
Pri ce
Software Subscri pti on
(i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
L-CCX-90-P-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW PREMIUM Server and 10 Seats
LICENSE ONLY $18,500 UCSS-CCX-P-1-1 $1,480
L-CCX-90-PHA-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW PREMIUM HA Server LICENSE
ONLY $14,995
L-CCX-90-P-1SL= CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $1,850 UCSS-CCX-P-1-1 $148
L-CCX-90-P-10SL= CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY $18,500 UCSS-CCX-P-1-1 $1,480
L-CCX-90-E-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW ENH Server and 10 Seats LICENSE
ONLY $12,500 UCSS-CCX-E-1-1 $1,000
L-CCX-90-EHA-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW ENHANCED HA Server LICENSE
ONLY $8,995
L-CCX-90-E-1SL= CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $1,250 UCSS-CCX-E-1-1 $100
L-CCX-90-E-10SL= CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY $12,500 UCSS-CCX-E-1-1 $1,000

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
(i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
L-CCX-90-S-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW STANDARD Server and 10 Seats
LICENSE ONLY $3,950 UCSS-CCX-S-1-1 $320
L-CCX-90-S-1SL= CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $395 UCSS-CCX-S-1-1 $32
L-CCX-90-S-10SL= CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY $3,950 UCSS-CCX-S-1-1 $320
L-CCX-90-S-25SL= CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY $9,875 UCSS-CCX-S-1-1 $800
L-CCX-90-S-50SL= CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY $19,750 UCSS-CCX-S-1-1 $1,600
L-CCX-90-CR1SL= CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $295 UCSS-CR-1-1 $24
L-CCX-90-CR10SL= CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY $2,950 UCSS-CR-1-1 $240
L-CCX-90-CR50SL= CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY $14,750 UCSS-CR-1-1 $1,200
L-CCX-90-QM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE
ONLY $449 UCSS-QM-1-1 $35
L-CCX-90-QM10SL=
ONLY $4,490 UCSS-QM-1-1 $350
L-CCX-90-QM25SL=
ONLY $11,225 UCSS-QM-1-1 $875
L-CCX-90-QM50SL=
ONLY $22,450 UCSS-QM-1-1 $1,750
L-CCX-90-AQM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 1
LICENSE ONLY $595 UCSS-AQM-1-1 $42
L-CCX-90-AQM10SL=
LICENSE ONLY $5,950 UCSS-AQM-1-1 $421
L-CCX-90-AQM25SL=
LICENSE ONLY $14,875 UCSS-AQM-1-1 $1,052
L-CCX-90-AQM50SL=
L-CCX-90-WFM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE
ONLY $495 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $35
L-CCX-90-WFM10SL=
ONLY $4,950 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $350
L-CCX-90-WFM25SL=
ONLY $12,375 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $875
L-CCX-90-WFM50SL=
ONLY $24,750 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $1,750
Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit.
The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or
electronic delivery.
Pri ce
AQM, WFM.
$100

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
R-CCX-90-NFR= CCX 9.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, AQM,
WFM
$100
pricing.
4. 7. 10 Nuance Speech Sol uti ons wi th Ci sco Uni fi ed Contact Center
Express and Uni fi ed I P I VR
Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from
Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Contact Center Express (Unified CCX) and
Unified IP IVR under Cisco's SolutionsPlus program.
This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified
Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP), and therefore selling Nuance for Unified CCX
under SolutionsPlus is limited to CVP ATP certified partners.
Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance
Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This
enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco allowing Cisco
sales quota retirement with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product support. It is
also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note
that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products supported by
Nuance; hence there is no Cisco ESW or UCSS maintenance.
Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders
for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following
guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and
deployment plan before the order will be approved.
Ensure the customer executes the End User License Agreement (EULA) for the
Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco.
Ensure the customer understands that support for the Nuance products is provided
by Nuance not Cisco under a Nuance warranty.
All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until
Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU
Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process.
There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any
discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not
available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the
Unified CVP "Partner Resources" page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Please read the general information in Section 4, and then turn to the section that
Chapter 4.8.2: New CCX 8.5 Systems
Chapter 4.8.3: Add-ons(i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or
expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing CCX 8.5 system
Chapter 4.8.4: Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription
Service (UCSS) from earlier releases of CCX to CCX 8.5
CCX to CCX 8.5, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to premium). These are
called a-la-carte upgrades.
Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The
following options are available:
(g) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with
(h) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
(i) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
cases:
Release upgrades
Expansions
Seat upgrades
4.8.1.4 Activating CCX licenses
When a CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK) via
physical delivery or electronic delivery - to the physical or e-mail address listed on your
Cisco Sales Order.
To obtain a license file for the CCX servers, complete the following steps:

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of nodes
for which you need licenses.
Every CCX media kit ships with temporary licenses to facilitate installation and testing
before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 30 days after
installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended
period, they can be requested by Cisco account teams using a tool which can be found
here: http.
CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please provided detailed
reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the remarks field. Upon approval the
license file will be emailed to the address provided.
Cisco account team.
New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media and/or servers (section 4.8.2.1), as well as
Licenses (sections 4.8.2.2.1 and 4.8.2.2.2)
There is a minimum requirement to order ten CCX seat licenses when ordering a new
system.
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety

To obtain Cisco MCS servers and/or media kits one of the following must be configured:
R-CCX-85-MEDIA
2
Electronic Software Delivery for UCCX and WFO media


2
This ESD bundle SKU may not be orderable yet at the time of publishing this version of the
Ordering Guide. However, the individual ESD media kit SKU listed in the table below, are
orderable.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
R-CCX-85-MEDIA can be used by customers who already have the servers and require
electronic software delivery of the media.
PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) cannot be configured and
ordered via the product ID above and must be configured and ordered separately. See
chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Contact Solutions for information
about UCS ordering. When deploying CCX on UCS servers, UCCX Media must still be
ordered via one of the product codes above.
CCX-85MEDIAKIT-K9=
R-CCX-85MEDKIT-K9=
CCX85CRMEDIAKITK9=
R-CCX85CRMEDKITK9=
Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX85AQMMEDKITK9=
R-CCX85QMMEDKITK9=
R-CCX85AQMMEDK9=
CCX 8.5 Adv Quality Manager
Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-85WFMMEDIAKIT=
R-CCX-85WFMMEDKIT=
CCX 8.5 Workforce Manager
Qty 1 Media Kit

4.8.2.2 Licenses
below. Licenses can be ordered for:
Electronic delivery (eDelivery), as described in section 4.8.2.2.1. This is the Cisco
recommended method.
Physical delivery (pDelivery), as described in section 4.8.2.2.2
The L-CCX-85-NEW Apollo bundle for eDelivery of licenses and UCSS includes the
following options:

L-CCX-85-
NEW
Opti on CCX 8. 5 NEW Depl oyment-Product, UCSS
eDel i very LI CENSES ONLY
L-CCX-85-NEW-LIC Details described in table below
L-UCSS-CCX See UCSS ordering guide for details.

expansi on
L-CCX-85-
NEW-LIC
L-CCX-85-E-
PAK
UCSS-
CCX
eDelivery PAK
NEW
Premium

eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-N-P-LIC ($1850) eDelivery PAK

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
expansi on
eDelivery
L-CCX-85-N-CR-LIC ($295)

L-CCX-85-P-
SVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-N-QM-LIC ($449) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-N-AQM-LIC
($595)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-N-WFM-LIC
($495)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-N-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-NOBIVRLIC
($395)
eDelivery PAK
NEW
Enhanced
eDelivery

L-CCX-85-E-
SVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-N-E-LIC ($1250) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-N-EHA-LIC
($8995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
NEW
Standard
eDelivery

L-CCX-85-S-
SVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK

4.8.2.2.2 pDelivery Licenses
The CCX-85-NEW Apollo bundle for pDelivery of licenses and UCSS includes the
following options:
CCX-85-
NEW
CCX 8. 5 NEW Depl oyment-Product, UCSS
pDel i very LI CENSES ONLY
CCX-85-NEW-LIC Details described below
UCSS-CCX See UCSS ordering guide for details

expansi on
CCX-85-
NEW-LIC
CCX-85-P-PAK Physical PAK
NEW
Premium
pDelivery

CCX-85-P-
SVR-LIC
Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-P-LIC ($1850) Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-QM-LIC ($449) Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-AQM-LIC ($595) Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-WFM-LIC ($495) Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* Physical PAK
CCX-85-NOBIVRLIC ($395) Physical PAK

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
expansi on
NEW
Enhanced
pDelivery

CCX-85-E-
SVR-LIC
Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-E-LIC ($1250) Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-EHA-LIC ($8995) N/A* Physical PAK
NEW
Standard
pDelivery

CCX-85-S-
SVR-LIC
Physical PAK
CCX-85-N-S-LIC ($395) Physical PAK

1wo separaLe roducL lus may need Lo be ordered:

R-CCX-85-MEDIA
3

the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying CCX on UCS servers, UCCX Media must
still be ordered via one of the product codes above.

3
orderable.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CCX-85MEDIAKIT-K9=
R-CCX-85MEDKIT-K9=
CCX85CRMEDIAKITK9=
R-CCX85CRMEDKITK9=
Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX85AQMMEDKITK9=
R-CCX85QMMEDKITK9=
R-CCX85AQMMEDK9=
1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-85WFMMEDIAKIT=
R-CCX-85WFMMEDKIT=
Media Kit
4.8.3.2 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. eDelivery or traditional physical
delivery product licenses are configured using the product ID shown below. Choosing
Physical Delivery will always result in a physical shipment of a piece of paper with a PAK
from the factory. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the
eDelivery product codes.
NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart UCCX when additional seat licenses
are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new license.
The L-CCX-85-ADDON Apollo bundle for eDelivery of licenses and UCSS includes the
following options:

L-CCX-85-
ADDON
CCX 8. 5 ADDON Depl oyment-Product, UCSS
pDel i very LI CENSES ONLY
L-CCX-85-NEW-LIC Details described below
L-UCSS-CCX See UCSS ordering guide for details

expansi on
L-CCX-85-
ADDON
L-CCX-85-E-PAK eDelivery PAK
NEW Premium
eDelivery

eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-A-P-LIC ($1850) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-A-QM-LIC ($449) eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-A-AQM-LIC
($595)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-A-WFM-LIC
($495)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-A-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-AOBIVRLIC
($395)

eDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced eDelivery PAK

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
expansi on
eDelivery

L-CCX-85-A-E-LIC ($1250)

eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-85-A-EHA-LIC
($8995)
N/A* eDelivery PAK
NEW Standard
eDelivery

eDelivery PAK

4.8.3.2.2 p Delivery Licenses
The CCX-85-ADDON Apollo bundle for eDelivery of licenses and UCSS includes the
following options:
CCX-85-ADDON CCX 8. 5 ADDON Depl oyment-Product,
UCSS pDel i very LI CENSES ONLY
CCX-85-NEW-LIC Details described below
UCSS-CCX See UCSS ordering guide for details

expansi on
CCX-85-
ADDON
CCX-85-P-PAK pDelivery PAK
NEW Premium
pDelivery

pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-P-LIC ($1850) pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-QM-LIC ($449) pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-AQM-LIC ($595) pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-WFM-LIC ($495) pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-PHA-LIC
($14,995)
N/A* pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-AOBIVRLIC ($395) pDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced
pDelivery

pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-E-LIC ($1250) pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-EHA-LIC ($8995) N/A* pDelivery PAK
NEW Standard
pDelivery

pDelivery PAK
CCX-85-A-S-LIC ($395) pDelivery PAK


Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
The following release upgrades are available for UCCX with eligibility determined by
whether the customer has an ESW contract or UCSS or both:
Minor Release Updates, e.g. 8.0 to 8.5(1) SU1. See section 4.8.4.1.
Major Release Updates, e.g. 7.0 to 8.0(2), or 7.0 to 8.5(1) SU1. See section 4.8.4.2.
Software Updates
Maintenance releases (e.g. 7.0(1) to 7.0(2) or 8.0(1) to 8.0(2)) are available on cisco.com
for download for customers who have a valid ESW contract. For download location, see
below.
Minor Release Upgrades
The 8.5 Minor Release upgrade (i.e. 8.0(x) to 8.5(1) SU1) is available on cisco.com for
download for customers who have a valid ESW contract. For download location, see
below.
Note that until 8.5(1) SU2 is available (planned for September 2011) a patch is required
for a minor release upgrade. The patch is available in the 8.5(1) SU1 download location.
It allows an upgrade from any CCX 8.0 release to CCX 8.5(1) SU1 without the need for
an upgrade license key. Note that the patch cannot be used to upgrade from a CCX 7.0
or earlier system without an upgrade license key (see below under major release
upgrade) or to install a new system (see chapter 4.8.2).

Cisco.com software download location
Software images and Release Notes for Software Updates, Maintenance and Minor
Releases for UCCX 8.5 are located in the following location:
http://www.cisco.com/cisco/software/release.html?mdfid=270569179&flowid=5217&softw
areid=280840578&release=8.5(1)SU1&relind=AVAILABLE&rellifecycle=&reltype=latest
descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a CCX

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
PUT product code: CCX-UPG-<Feature>-<FROM release>-<TO release><K9>=
(sometimes the dashes are dropped to stay within the 18 character product code limit).
o S CCaX Standard
numbers out of synch with CCX. In these cases the WFO product codes have the
CCX release numbers. For example, if the customer wishes to upgrade from AQM
2.7.3 to AQM 8.0.x, the required part number would be CCX-UPG-AQM-70-80. The
compatibility matrix provides the mapping between the WFO release and the CCX
release.
<K9>: the K9 designator is new in 8.5 product codes and indicates that software is
shipped that is subject to export controls (encryption, specifically). It does not exist in
product codes before 8.5.
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a CCX 7.0
Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product codes need
to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPGEHA-70-85K9=
CCX-UPG-CR70-85K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available only via Physical Delivery. Media kits and PAK
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 7.0 or 8.0 TO 8.5 are supported for
direct upgrades. The CCX 8.5 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g.
historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to 8.5.
Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For example, when
upgrading from 7.0 Premium to 8.5 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P-70-85=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 8.5 will require an
intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all
information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered
separately. Example: Customer is on a 3.5 Premium release and desires to perform
indirect upgrade to release 8.5. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 3.5 -
> 4.0 -> 7.0 -> 8.5. Customer will need media kits for 4.0, 7.0 and 8.5 as well as
upgrade license files for 3.5 -> 4.0->7.0 and 7.0->8.5. In order to receive these
media and licenses, the customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT
Product IDs:

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
o CCX-UPG-P-35-40=
o CCX-UPG-P-40-70=
o CCX-UPG-P-70-85=
Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 8.5, which will require a fresh install
of release 8.5 Customer wanting to upgrade to new hardware.
Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-40-85=.
install release 8.5 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#,
PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able
to provide either of these details should mail the request to ipcc-express-pm@cisco.com,
8.5 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing
license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide
either of these details should mail the request to ipcc-express-pm@cisco.com, providing
as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order,
customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.

Obtaining License Information from the CCX system
From the Unified CCX Administration menu bar, choose System > License Information
>Display License(s).
followlng:
Upgrade their UCCX to a new major release (e.g. UCCX 7.0 STD to UCCX 8.5 STD)
and have not purchased a UCSS contract. There are 3 types of major release
upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
supported for direct upgrades. The CCX 8.5 upgrade process will ensure that

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows,
etc.) will be migrated to 8.5.
o Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 8.5 will require an
intermediate upgrades to 7.0 to ensure that all information will be migrated.
Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade CCX
media kits and licenses.
o Example: Customer is upgrading from 4.0 to 8.5. Customer must upgrade 4.0 -
> 7.0 -> 8.5. Customer will receive media kits for 7.0 and 8.5 as well as
upgrade license files for 7.0 and 8.5.
- Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 8.5, which will require a fresh install
of release 8.5
ordered, etc.
Upgrade their UCCX seats to another package (e.g. UCCX 8.5 STD to UCCX 8.5
ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a CCX system is not
considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in chapter 4.8.3. There are three
different types of seat upgrades:
A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the
same time (e.g. UCCX 7.0 STD to UCCX 8.5 PRE).
Obtaining License Information from the CCX system
Display License(s).

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Example 1: CCX 8.5 Standard to 8.5 Enhanced
Customer has an UCCX 8.5 Standard system and wishes to upgrade to a UCCX 8.5
Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade only. No
media is required in this case. Use product ID:
L-CCX-85-UPGRADE CCX 8.5 UPGRADE-Product, UCSS eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX85-85U-S-E-S1 CCX 8.5 UPGRADE 8.5 to 8.5 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
Example 2: CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 8.5 Premium HA
Customer is upgrading from CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 8.5 Premium HA. This is a
combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only
option. All required interim release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order.
The correct Product IDs would be qty 1 for the HA standby server and qty X for however
many UCCX 4.0 seats are being upgraded to UCCX 8.5.
CCX-85-UPGRADE CCX 8.5 UPGRADE-Product, UCSS pDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX-85-UPG-LIC CCX 8.5 UPGRADE - Physical Delivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX-85-HA-E-P-U CCX 8.5 UPGRADE - HA ENH-HA PRE LICENSE ONLY
Example 3: UCCX 3.5 Premium to UCCX 8.5 Premium
Customer is upgrading from UCCX 3.5 to UCCX 8.5. This is a combined major release
and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. All required interim
release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order. Customer will need to
perform a 3.5->4.0->7.0->8.5 migration and will receive:
A 4.0 media kit but no PAK customer must open a case with licensing@cisco.com
to receive a 4.0 license and provide the SO#
CCX-85-UPGRADE CCX 8.5 UPGRADE-Product, UCSS pDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX-85-UPG-LIC CCX 8.5 UPGRADE - pDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX3X-85-P-P-S1 CCX 8.5 UPGRADE 3.5 to 8.5 Qty 1 PRE-PRE Seat
Example 4: CCX 7.0 Enhanced to 8.5 Enhanced
Customer has an UCCX 7.0 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to upgrade to a
UCCX 8.5 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only and

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
electronic delivery can be used. When using eDelivery SKUs, media will not be
automatically added to the order. Media needs to be ordered separately, using CCX-85-
SRVRS-MEDIA (physical delivery) or R-CCX-85-MEDIA (electronic software delivery).
Use product IDs:
If the customer has an UCCX 7.0 HA system, upgrading to an 8.5 HA system, the HA
upgrade product code would have to be added:
L-CCX-85-HA-E-E-U CCX 8.5 UPGRADE - HA ENH-HA ENH LICENSE ONLY
4.8.5.1 Ordering UPGRADES via a la carte Electronic Delivery
For eDelivery upgrade orders two separate Product IDs may need to be configured
(media and licenses). Media is not needed for seat upgrades only, when the major
release is unchanged. Media is needed when doing a major release upgrade.
A la carte eDelivery upgrades are available only for customers upgrading from releases
that support direct upgrades (7.0 or 8.0). Releases that do not support direct upgrades
need to be configured for physical delivery (see section).
4.8.5.1.1 Media and/or servers
If new servers and/or media kits are desired or required (see paragraphs above) one of
the following product IDs must be configured.
R-CCX-85-MEDIA
4


4
orderable.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CCX-85MEDIAKIT-K9=
R-CCX-85MEDKIT-K9=
CCX85CRMEDIAKITK9=
R-CCX85CRMEDKITK9=
Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX85AQMMEDKITK9=
R-CCX85QMMEDKITK9=
R-CCX85AQMMEDK9=
1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-85WFMMEDIAKIT=
R-CCX-85WFMMEDKIT=
Media Kit
4.8.5.1.2 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered using the product codes below.
The L-CCX-85-UPGRADE Apollo bundle for eDelivery of licenses and UCSS includes
the following options:
L-CCX-85-UPGRADE CCX 8. 5 UPGRADE Depl oyment-
Product, UCSS eDel i very LI CENSES
ONLY
L-CCX-85-UPG-LIC Details described in table below
L-UCSS-CCX See UCSS ordering guide for details.
See section 4.8.5.3 on how to upgrade an
existing UCSS contract when doing s seat
upgrade.

Upgrade Type From
Rel ease
Order What Shi ps
Any top level SKU Any L-CCX-85-UPG-LIC eDelivery PAK. This
types.
Premium (no seat upgrade) order
for every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-85U-P-P-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-85U-P-P-S1
When upgrading a Premium HA
Any L-CCX-85-HA-P-P-U eDelivery PAK
for every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-85U-E-E-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-85U-E-E-S1
Any L-CCX-85-HA-E-E-U eDelivery PAK
for every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-85U-S-S-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-85U-S-S-S1
every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-85U-S-E-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-85U-S-E-S1
every agent:
7.0 L-CCX70-85U-S-P-S1
8.0 L-CCX80-85U-S-P-S1
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade order for 7.0 L-CCX70-85U-E-P-S1

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Upgrade Type From
Rel ease
Order What Shi ps
every agent:
8.0 L-CCX80-85U-E-P-S1
Any L-CCX-85-HA-E-P-U eDelivery PAK

Note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be
ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to UCCX 8.5
!")"$"( Ordering UPGRADES via A La Carte Physical Delivery
4.8.5.2.1 Servers


CCX-85MEDIAKIT-K9= CCX 8.5 CCX Media Kit Standard seat, Enhanced seat,
CCX85CRMEDIAKITK9= CCX 8.5 Compliance Recording
Qty 1 Media Kit
CCX85AQMMEDKITK9= CCX 8.5 Adv Quality Manager Qty
1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-85WFMMEDIAKIT= CCX 8.5 Workforce Manager Qty 1
Media Kit
4.8.5.2.2 Licenses

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
The CCX-85-UPGRADE Apollo bundle for pDelivery of licenses and UCSS includes the
following options:

CCX-85-UPGRADE CCX 8. 5 UPGRADE Depl oyment-Product,
UCSS pDel i very
CCX-85-UPG-LIC Details described below
UCSS-CCX See UCSS ordering guide for details. See section 4.8.5.3
on how to upgrade an existing UCSS contract when
doing s seat upgrade.

Upgrade Type From
Rel ease
Order What Shi ps
Any top level SKU Any CCX-85-UPG-LIC pDelivery PAK. This
types.
Media kits
Premium (no seat upgrade) order for every
agent:
3.x CCX3X-85U-P-P-S1
4.0 CCX40-85U-P-P-S1
4.1 CCX41-85U-P-P-S1
4.5 CCX45-85U-P-P-S1
5.0 CCX50-85U-P-P-S1
6.0 CCX60-85U-P-P-S1
7.0 CCX70-85U-P-P-S1
8.0 CCX80-85U-P-P-S1
When upgrading a Premium HA system, also
order qty 1 of:
Any CCX-85-HA-P-P-U pDelivery PAK
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) order for
every agent:
3.x CCX3X-85U-E-E-S1
4.0 CCX40-85U-E-E-S1
4.1 CCX41-85U-E-E-S1
4.5 CCX45-85U-E-E-S1
5.0 CCX50-85U-E-E-S1
6.0 CCX60-85U-E-E-S1
7.0 CCX70-85U-E-E-S1
8.0 CCX80-85U-E-E-S1
Any CCX-85-HA-E-E-U pDelivery PAK
Standard (no seat upgrade) order for every
agent:
3.x CCX3X-85U-S-S-S1
4.0 CCX40-85U-S-S-S1
4.1 CCX41-85U-S-S-S1

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Upgrade Type From
Rel ease
Order What Shi ps
4.5 CCX45-85U-S-S-S1
5.0 CCX50-85U-S-S-S1
6.0 CCX60-85U-S-S-S1
7.0 CCX70-85U-S-S-S1
8.0 CCX80-85U-S-S-S1
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade order for every
agent:
3X CCX3X-85U-S-E-S1
4.0 CCX40-85U-S-E-S1
4.1 CCX41-85U-S-E-S1
4.5 CCX45-85U-S-E-S1
5.0 CCX50-85U-S-E-S1
6.0 CCX60-85U-S-E-S1
7.0 CCX70-85U-S-E-S1
8.0 CCX80-85U-S-E-S1
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade order for every
agent:
3.x CCX3X-85U-S-P-S1
4.0 CCX40-85U-S-P-S1
4.1 CCX41-85U-S-P-S1
4.5 CCX45-85U-S-P-S1
5.0 CCX50-85U-S-P-S1
6.0 CCX60-85U-S-P-S1
7.0 CCX70-85U-S-P-S1
8.0 CCX80-85U-S-P-S1
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade order for every
agent:
3X CCX3X-85U-E-P-S1
4.0 CCX40-85U-E-P-S1
4.1 CCX41-85U-E-P-S1
4.5 CCX45-85U-E-P-S1
5.0 CCX50-85U-E-P-S1
6.0 CCX60-85U-E-P-S1
7.0 CCX70-85U-E-P-S1
8.0 CCX80-85U-E-P-S1
Any CCX-85-HA-E-P-U pDelivery PAK

be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to UCCX 8.5.
4.8.5.3 Updating UCSS contract when upgrading CCX licenses

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4. 8. 6 UCCX Promoti onal Bundl e
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for Cisco Unified CCX Enhanced
system with a NEW a la carte or CUWL purchase of Cisco Unified Communication
Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE 6000).
NEW FOR UNIFIED CCX 8.5: Unified CCX 8.5 Promotional Bundles can be deployed as
one of multiple VMs on a Unified UCS B series blade or on C series UC 210 or 200 servers.
The bundle may also continue to be deployed on a separate, dedicated Unified CCX
appliance or bare metal server.
PLEASE POSITION ACCORDINGLY EARLY IN THE SALES CYCLE
PLEASE NOTE: entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database
has never been included as part of the 5-seat promo bundle and to be purchased
separately (see below) at a $2,995 USD List Price.
In releases prior to 8.0 the bundle Product Authorization Key (PAK) was attached to the
bundle media kit included with the Unified Communications or Unified Communications
Manager Express order. In 8.0 and 8.5 the bundle license PAK is no longer attached
to the bundle media kit.
Instead the PAK is attached to the entitlement Product IDs shown below. These
entitlement Product IDs can be configured using the top level add on PRODUCT ID CCX-
85-BDL-ADDON and CCX-85-BDL-UPG and must be ordered to obtain the Product
Authorization Key for the bundle licenses as well as the entitlement to the underlying
appliance operating system and database.

L-CCX-85-CMBLDLIC= CCX 8.5 CCX CM Bundle, Appliance Entitlement eDelivery $2,995
CCX-85-CMBLDLIC= CCX 8.5 CCX CM Bundle, Appliance Entitlement pDelivery $2,995

Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE 6000) and Cisco Unified Communications Manager
(Unified CM) starter bundles include a limited time Unified CCX promotional bundles for
10/25 Enhanced seats or 10/25 Premium seats.
is included as part of the 10/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-85-5E provides the
operating system and database entitlement for the 5 seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo
bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM. Note that promo
bundles cannot be combined for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5 seat promo
bundle with the new 10/25 seat promo bundle to create a 15/30 seat deployment. If
additional seats are required, please configure the CCX-85-ADDON or the L-CCX-85-
ADDON part number to order the required number of seats.

Product
Number
Descri pti on Li st Pri ce (USD) UCSS
Product
Number (1
year)
UCSS Li st
Pri ce (USD)
(1 year)

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CCX-85-5E
Entitlement for CCX 8.5 5 Enhanced
Seat Bundle
$2,995 UCSS-CCX-
E-1-1
$100
$7,895 UCSS-CCX-
E-1-1
$100
$22,395 UCSS-CCX-
E-1-1
$100
$13,095 UCSS-CCX-
P-1-1
$148
$34,495 UCSS-CCX-
P-1-1
$148
Note: The UCSS part numbers listed above are for a single seat. Please order the
required number of subscriptions based on the bundle.
To order additional Unified Contact Center Express agent seats please use the following
top-level part number
Pri ce
(USD)
UCSS
Product
Number (1
year)
UCSS Li st
Pri ce (USD)
(1 year)
CCX-85-ADDON CCX 8.5 ADDON - pDelivery
LICENSES ONLY
$0 N/A N/A
L-CCX-85-ADDON CCX 8.5 ADDON - eDelivery
LICENSES ONLY
$0 N/A N/A
The table below shows the versions of Unified CCX available with specific versions of
Unified CM and BE 6000
Ci sco Uni fi ed CCX Ci sco Uni fi ed CM Ci sco BE 6000
Release 8.5 Release 8.5 Release 8.6

Please read
bundle for every new Unified CM or BE 6000 shipped. For Unified CM, customers are

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
4.8.6.1 Deploy Bundle to Dedicated Server and/or Add On Enhanced
Components
CCX-85-BDL-ADD when configured will provide at list price $2995 USD the required
appliance OS and database entitlement and/or additional cost Unified CCX Enhanced
seats or options (e.g. High Availability).
To optionally configure and order Media Convergence servers, Appliance servers or
media kits please configure CCX-85-SRVRS-MEDIA. Cisco Unified Computing System
(Unified UCS) servers cannot be ordered using this top level Product ID and must be
ordered separately.
CCX-85-BDL-ADDON CCX 8.5 OS and ADD ON for UCM 5 or UCME 2 Seat Bundle
4.8.6.2 Deploy Bundle to Dedicated Server, Upgrade to Premium and/or Add
On Premium Components
CCX-85-BDL-UPG will upgrade the Unified CCX 8.5 5-seat Enhanced bundle to
Premium, will provide at list price $2995 USD the required appliance OS and database
entitlement and/or optional additional cost Unified CCX Premium seats or options (e.g.
High Availability).
To optionally configure and order Media Convergence servers, Appliance servers or
media kits please configure CCX-85-SRVRS-MEDIA. Cisco Unified Computing System
(Unified UCS) servers cannot be ordered using this top level Product ID and must be
ordered separately.
CCX-85-BDL-UPG CCX 8.5 OS and UPG ENH-PRE for CUCM/BE6K 5-seat Seat Bundle
4. 8. 7 New and Add On Product I Ds When Orderi ng from Ci sco
Whol esal e Di stri buti on Partners
Please note only eDelivery licenses are available.
Pri ce
(i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
L-CCX-85-P-L=
CCX 8.5 NEW PREMIUM Server and 10 Seats
LICENSE ONLY $18,500
UCSS-CCX-P-1-
1 $1,480
L-CCX-85-PHA-L= CCX 8.5 NEW PREMIUM HA Server LICENSE ONLY $14,995
L-CCX-85-P-1SL= CCX 8.5 PRE Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $1,850
UCSS-CCX-P-1-
1 $148
UCSS-CCX-P-1-
1 $1,480
UCSS-CCX-P-1-
1 $3,700
UCSS-CCX-P-1-
1 $7,400

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
(i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
L-CCX-85-E-L=
CCX 8.5 NEW ENH Server and 10 Seats LICENSE
ONLY $12,500
UCSS-CCX-E-1-
1 $1,000
L-CCX-85-EHA-L=
CCX 8.5 NEW ENHANCED HA Server LICENSE
ONLY $8,995
L-CCX-85-E-1SL= CCX 8.5 ENH Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $1,250
UCSS-CCX-E-1-
1 $100
UCSS-CCX-E-1-
1 $1,000
UCSS-CCX-E-1-
1 $2,500
UCSS-CCX-E-1-
1 $5,000
L-CCX-85-S-L=
CCX 8.5 NEW STANDARD Server and 10 Seats
LICENSE ONLY $3,950
UCSS-CCX-S-1-
1 $320
L-CCX-85-S-1SL= CCX 8.5 STD Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $395
UCSS-CCX-S-1-
1 $32
L-CCX-85-S-10SL= CCX 8.5 STD Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY $3,950
UCSS-CCX-S-1-
1 $320
UCSS-CCX-S-1-
1 $800
UCSS-CCX-S-1-
1 $1,600
L-CCX-85-CR1SL= CCX 8.5 CR Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $295 UCSS-CR-1-1 $24
L-CCX-85-CR50SL= CCX 8.5 CR Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY $14,750 UCSS-CR-1-1 $1,200
L-CCX-85-QM1SL= CCX 8.5 Quality Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY $449 UCSS-QM-1-1 $35
L-CCX-85-QM10SL=
ONLY $4,490 UCSS-QM-1-1 $350
L-CCX-85-QM25SL=
ONLY $11,225 UCSS-QM-1-1 $875
L-CCX-85-QM50SL=
ONLY $22,450 UCSS-QM-1-1 $1,750
L-CCX-85-AQM1SL=
LICENSE ONLY $595 UCSS-AQM-1-1 $42
L-CCX-85-
AQM10SL=
LICENSE ONLY $5,950 UCSS-AQM-1-1 $421
L-CCX-85-
AQM25SL=
L-CCX-85-
AQM50SL=
L-CCX-85-
WFM1SL=
ONLY $495 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $35
L-CCX-85-
WFM10SL=
ONLY $4,950 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $350
L-CCX-85-
WFM25SL=
ONLY $12,375 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $875
L-CCX-85-
WFM50SL=
ONLY $24,750 UCSS-WFM-1-1 $1,750

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Please note that the CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit.
The table below contains the CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or electronic
delivery.
Pri ce
AQM, WFM
$100
R-CCX-85-NFR= CCX 8.5 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, AQM,
WFM
$100
pricing.
.
4.9 Cisco Unified CCX 8.0 and earlier releases
Unified CCX 8.0 and earlier releases are end of sales and end of software maintenance.
No new systems or add-ons can be ordered anymore.
Unified CCX End of Life notices are here:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_eol_notices_list.html.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
5. Ci sco Uni fi ed Contact Center
Enterpri se (Uni fi ed CCE)
This section provides licensing and ordering information for Unified Contact Center
Enterprise solution.
5.1 Overview of Unified CCE Licensing
Unified CCE licensing structure consists of the following primary and additional
components:
! Primary Unified CCE Licenses
1. Unified CCE Server Licenses (includes all Unified CCE server components)
2. Unified CCE Agent Licenses
! Additional Unified CCE Licenses
3. Third Party IVR Licenses
4. Consideration for Special Unified CCE Deployment Cases
5. 1. 1 Pri mary Uni fi ed CCE Li censi ng
Unified CCE Server Licenses and Unified CCE Agent Licenses are needed for all Unified
CCE systems.
5.1.1.1 Unified CCE Server Licenses
Each Unified CCE system requires the purchase of Unified CCE Server Licenses. There
are three (3) categories of Unified CCE Server Licenses:
Unified CCE Server License for Voice Applications
Unified CCE Server Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager
Unified CCE Server Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
5.1.1.1.1 Unified CCE Server Licenses for Voice Applications
Each Unified CCE system for voice applications requires the purchase of one (1) Unified
CCE Server License (whether the Unified CCE system is deployed on one or multiple
servers). A single system is defined a (redundant) router/logger.
The Unified CCE Server license entitles the user to deploy all of the necessary
components required for Unified CCE voice deployments, specifically:
! Redundant Router
! Redundant Logger
! Redundant Unified Communications Manager Peripheral Gateway(s)
! Redundant IVR Peripheral Gateway(s) for connection to Cisco IVR systems (i.e.
CVP and Unified IP IVR). Note: Non-Cisco IVRs require Third part IVR port
licenses.
! Redundant Unified CCE System Peripheral Gateway

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
! Administrative Workstation(s)
! Historical Database server(s)
! Internet Script Editor (ISE) Server and ISE User Connections
! Application Gateway
! NICs (AT&T, Sprint, MCI, Stentor, INAP NIC for Cisco PGW softswitch
5
, CRSP
6
,
GKTMP)
7

! Redundant CTI Server for third-party CTI connections (Note: Only for non-agent
desktop application)
! Network Transfer
! Remote Silent Monitor software. Note that in order to deploy this feature
additional Device License Units (DLUs) licenses are required on the Unified
Communications Manager, as RSM connects to UCM as a bank of 7941 phones,
one for each simultaneous monitoring session.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Server License for Voice Applications and price.
Uni fi ed CCE Server Li cense
IPCE-SVR CONTACT CENTER ENTERPRISE SERVER LICENSE $15,000.00
Note: There are also other licenses and components that may be used in combination
with Unified CCE such as Cisco Finesse, Unified Customer Voice Portal (CVP), Unified
IP IVR, Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager, Unified Web Interaction Manager, Cisco
Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Unified Contact Center Management Portal (CCMP)
and Unified Intelligent Contact Management (ICM) components. These need to be
purchased separately. Please refer to respective sections of this guide for additional
licensing structure and ordering information for these components.
Note: Starting with UCCE 8.5(1), WebView has been disabled and not supported.
Users are required to migrate to Cisco Unified Intelligence Center (CUIC). Please see
Chapter 12 for more information.
Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety

5
This INAP NIC can only be used to connect to a Cisco PGW softswitch. Prices for INAP NICs for
connections to third-party switches are available on request. Note that this NIC requires the
purchase of SS7 cards, SS7 gateway servers as well as several hard- and software components
on the PGW end. This NIC license can be used in a carrier/service provide environment, but only
for internal service provider contact centers and not for offering hosted or managed services. For
Hosted or managed services Hosted IPCC licenses are required.

6
When using the CRSP NIC to connect to a carrier network, the carrier is required to purchase an
IPCC Hosted NIC (IPCH-NIC) license to acquire the right to use the CRSP specification. See
section 7.1.1.

7
Pricing for other, specialized NICs, such as INAP NICs to connect to third-party switches is
available on request.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
5.1.1.1.2 Unified CCE Server Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM)
Each Unified CCE system for e-mail interaction management requires the purchase of
one (1) Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager Server License (whether the Unified EIM
system is deployed on one or multiple servers).
The Unified EIM Server license entitles the user to deploy all of the necessary
components required for Unified EIM deployments, specifically:
! One (1) Services Server
! One or more Application Servers
! One or more Web Servers
! One Messaging and File Server
! One Database Server
There are two types of server licenses Basic and Advanced. The following table
summarizes the functionality provided by these configurations.
E-Mai l I nteracti on Feature Basi c Advanced
Routing and Queuing of E-Mail Messages. Push or pull routing. ! !
HTML e-mail support (incoming and outgoing) ! !
Acknowledgements, Auto-responses and Suggested responses ! !
Spell Check ! !
Data adapters to integrate with databases, HTTP, Web Services DB Only Many
Attachment Handling (inbound and outbound). Agents may attach files from their
desktops or knowledgebase.
! !
Extensive knowledgebase integrated with agent desktop ! !
Outbound workflows allow for approval of outbound e-mail !
Custom Roles !
Multiple Partitions and Departments allow data separation and separate
administration
!
Universal Queue* Use CCE scripts to route e-mail to agents who are not on
voice calls
! !
Multichannel (e-mail and voice) reporting* through Intelligence Center ! !
* Universal Queue and multichannel reporting available from version 4.3.
The table below lists the Unified EIM Server Licenses for Unified CCE and their prices.
Uni fi ed EI M Server Li cense
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License $3,000
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License $5,000

For deployments that include Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web
Interaction Manager on the same hardware, all EIM and WIM licenses must be of the
same class. Advanced and Basic licenses may not be combined.
5.1.1.1.3 Unified CCE Server Licenses for Web Interaction Manager (WIM)
Each Unified CCE system for Web interaction management requires the purchase of one
(1) Unified Web Interaction Manager Server License (whether the Unified WIM system is

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
deployed on one or multiple servers).
The Unified WIM Server license entitles the user to deploy all of the necessary
components required for Unified WIM deployments, specifically:
! One (1) Services Server
! One or more Application Servers
8

! One or more Web Servers
! One Messaging and File Server
! One Database Server
There are two types of server licenses Basic and Advanced. The following table
summarizes the functionality provided by these configurations.
Web I nteracti on Feature Basi c Advanced
Routing and queuing of chat requests ! !
URL Pushing - Share simple web pages ! !
Transcripts - Chat transcript can be automatically e-mailed to customer ! !
Integrated, searchable knowledge base ! !
Single desktop for multi-session or single-session chat, blended collaboration*, e-
mail
! !
Spell-check, Profanity Filter (Blocked word list) ! !
Data adapters to integrate with databases, HTTP, Web Services DB Only Many
Custom Roles !
Multiple Departments separate administration (data not separated) !
Note: Web callback and blended collaboration will require Unified CCE voice
application licenses, in additional to the Unified WIM licenses.
The table below lists the Unified WIM Server Licenses for Unified CCE and their prices.
Uni fi ed WI M Server Li cense
IPCE-BCOL-SVR CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License $1,500
IPCE-ACOL-SVR CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License $2,500
5.1.1.2 Unified CCE Agent Licenses
Each Unified CCE system requires the purchase of Unified CCE Agent Licenses. All
Unified CCE Agent licenses are based on concurrent logged-in agents or supervisors. A
Unified CCE Agent license is needed for each logged-in agent or supervisor
(independent of whether they are ready to take a call or whether they are on a call.)
Note: Unified CCE Agent Licenses apply to users of various agent desktop or
supervisor desktops. Other users, such as Administrative Workstation users, CUIC or
Internet Script Editor Users do not require the purchase of separate user licenses.
There are different categories of Unified CCE Agent Licenses:
! Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications

8
Limited to one application server and one web server in release 4.1

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
! Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound Option
! Unified CCE Agent Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager
! Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
! Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration
applications
5.1.1.2.1 Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
There are 4 types of Unified CCE Agent licenses for Voice Applications:
! Standard Agent Licenses: The Standard Agent license includes the Standard
Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD) or the Standard Cisco Supervisor Desktop. Select
the CAD media kit when ordering Standard Agent licenses.
! Enhanced Agent Licenses: The Enhanced Agent license includes the Enhanced
Cisco Agent Desktop or the Enhanced Cisco Supervisor Desktop. Select the CAD
media kit when ordering Enhanced Agent licenses.
! Premium Agent: There are three different types of Premium Agent licenses. At
ordering time, the customer has the option to choose between the different agent
desktop packages by choosing the appropriate media kit:
Cisco Finesse Agent Desktop. The Cisco section of this document includes
information on ordering the Cisco Finesse server software.
Cisco Toolkit Desktop (CTI OS)
Premium Cisco Agent Desktop or Premium Cisco Supervisor Desktop
Cisco Contact Center Management Portal (CCMP) included with both desktop
types
CRM Agent licenses: The CRM Agent license includes a Cisco Unified CRM
Connector to connect CCE to a third CRM vendors software. No Cisco software is
used on the agent desktop in this case. The agent only uses the CRM UI.
With a CRM Agent license it is allowed to use a CTI Toolkit supervisor desktop,
therefore making it possible to use this license for a supervisor as well.
When purchasing a CRM Agent license an irrevocable choice must be made
between the types of supported CRM packages. In case a customer would later
want to switch from one type of CRM to another, a migration license is required.
See section 5.3.1.
Upgrade and migration licenses to move from one license type to another are described
in section 5.3.1.
The table below lists the Unified Agent Licenses for voice applications and prices.
($US)
Opti ons
Uni fi ed CCE Agent Li censes
IPCE-STDAGT-L CC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT $1,100.00

Cisco Agent Desktop
Standard Edition
IPCE-ENHAGT-L CC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT

$1,500.00

Cisco Agent Desktop
Enhanced Edition

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
Opti ons
IPCE-PREMAGT-L CC ENTERPRISE PREMIUM AGENT
(includes CCMP license)
$1,700.00

Choice of:
Cisco Finesse Desktop
Cisco Toolkit Desktop
Cisco Agent Desktop
IPCE-CRMAGT-L CC ENTERPRISE CRM AGENT
(Includes CCMP license)
$2,100.00 SAP
Siebel
Notes:
! For a detailed discussion and understanding of the differences between Standard,
Enhanced, and Premium Cisco Agent Desktop and Cisco Supervisor Desktop
offerings, please refer to the latest version of the Cisco Agent Desktop Installation
Guide.
! For Unified CCE deployments, Cisco Agent Desktop types may not be mixed on
the same peripheral. For example, if a peripheral contains some Premium Cisco
Agent Desktop Licenses, all agents on that peripheral must be Premium Cisco
Agent Desktop Licenses.
! For Unified CCE deployments prior to release 7.1(x), mixing Premium Cisco
Agent
Desktop licenses with Premium Cisco CTI Toolkit Desktop Licenses on the
peripheral is not supported.
! Starting with release 7.1 (x), you have the option to deploy both Cisco Agent
Desktops and CTI Toolkit Agents on the same peripheral. Starting with release
8.5(3), you have the option to deploy Cisco Agent Desktop, CTI Toolkit, or Cisco
Finesse on the same peripheral. For example, a peripheral can contain both CTI
Toolkit Agents and Cisco Agent Desktop agents (standard, enhanced, or
premium). Be aware that when this configuration is deployed, that the Cisco
Agent Desktop agents will work only with the Cisco Supervisor Desktop, where as
CTI Toolkit and Finesse agents will work only with the CTI Toolkit or Finesse
Supervisor Desktop. Toolkit or Finesse Supervisors cannot manage CAD agents
and vv. Also other functions such as chat and silent monitoring will only work for
teams using the same desktop type. Note that all Cisco Agent Desktop agents on
this peripheral must be the same type, as you cannot mix Cisco Agent Desktop
agent types on a single peripheral. For example, Premium Cisco Agent Desktop
agents may not be mixed on the same peripheral with Standard Cisco Agent
Desktop agents.
! Support for Cisco IP Phone Agent, Cisco Agent Desktop Browser Edition is
bundled into the purchase of Standard, Enhanced, or Premium Cisco Agent
Desktop license purchase and if a customer has purchased these licenses, no
separate license purchase is needed to acquire these capabilities. These
capabilities are not included when Cisco Tool Kit Option is selected under
Premium Agent License.
! Mobile Agent (as of CCE 7.1) is included with any CAD or CTI Toolkit license.
Note that although allowed under the CRM Agent license, for technical reasons
Mobile Agent support with CRM Agent may be restricted.
! CRM Agents can be mixed on a peripheral with any other type of agent license.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
However, note that only CTI Toolkit supervisors can supervise a CRM Agent.
Cisco Supervisor Desktop cannot be used to supervise a CRM Agent.
! Different types of CRM Agents (e.g. SAP and Siebel) can be mixed on a single
peripheral.
! Unified Contact Center Management Portal is included with each new CCE
Premium or CRM agent purchased. One IPCE-PORTALAGT-L license will be
provided with each new CCE Premium or CRM Agent purchased.
! CCMP upgrade licenses (IPCE-PORTALAGT-L ) must be purchased to use
Unified Contact Center Management Portal for all CCE agents purchased prior to
August 1st, 2007 as well as for all CCE Standard or Enhanced agent types
regardless of time of purchase.

5.1.1.2.2 Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound
Option
Unified CCE Outbound Option requires purchase of at least Unified CCE Enhanced or
Premium Agent voice application licenses and the appropriate number of Dialer Port
Licenses. Each Dialer Port license allows the dialer to make a single simultaneous call.
For example, if the dialer is configured to use 24 Unified Communications Manager ports,
24 Dialer Port licenses are required. The Dialer Port license, licenses the use of the
Unified CCE Dialer components (such as the dialer and campaign manager.)
In addition, Outbound Option may require additional licensing from a Unified
Communications Manager perspective. The following describes the additional licenses
required:
! If the Outbound option uses a SCCP dialer and the Unified Communications
Manager licensing is based on DLU, each dialer port is recognized as a 30 VIP
device on Unified Communications Manager and 2 Device License Unit (DLU)
licenses are required per 30 VIP device
! If the Outbound option uses a SCCP dialer and the Unified Communications
Manager licensing is based on User Connect Licensing (UCL), each dialer port
requires a Basic UCL license.
! If the Outbound option uses a SIP dialer, no additional licensing is required.
Note: Unified CCE Standard Agent licenses for voice applications will not support
Outbound Option. Also note that, although allowed under the CRM Agent license, some
CRM Connectors may not support Outbound Option.
The ratio between Dialer Port licenses and Unified CCE Agent licenses for outbound
agents depends on the types of outbound dialing required:
! For predictive dialing, the typical ratio of ports to agents is 1.5:1, but may depend
on the specific campaign settings and circumstances.
! For progressive dialing, the typical ratio is 1:1
! For preview dialing, it might be sufficient to have slightly less port licenses than
agent licenses.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
The table below lists the Unified CCE Dialer Port license and price.
Uni fi ed CCE Outbound l i censes
IPCE-DIALPORT-L CC ENTERPRISE DIALER PORT $600.00
5.1.1.2.3 Unified CCE Agent Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager
All Unified CCE Agent licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM) are based on
concurrent logged-in agents. Each agent needs a license when they are logged-in to
respond to e-mail messages (independent of whether they are handling an e-mail
interaction or not).
There are two types of EIM agent licenses for Unified CCE Basic and Advanced.
Please see section 5.1.1.1.2 for a summary of the differences between Basic and
Advanced configurations. Note that a single deployment may have only one class of
license Basic or Advanced (i.e. you may not have some basic and some advanced
agent licenses). All server and agent licenses must be of the same class you may not
deploy advanced agent licenses on a server with a basic server license.
The table below lists the Unified EIM Agent Licenses for CCE and their prices.
Uni fi ed EI M Agent Li censes
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License $1,500
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License $2,500
5.1.1.2.4 Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
All Unified CCE Agent licenses for Web Interaction Manager (EIM) are based on
concurrent logged-in agents. Each agent needs a license when they are logged-in to
respond to web interaction tasks (independent of whether they are handling a session or
not).
There are two types of WIM agent licenses for Unified CCEBasic and Advanced.
Please see section 5.1.1.1.3 for a summary of the differences between Basic and
Advanced configurations. Note that a single deployment may have only one class of
licenseBasic or Advanced (i.e. you may not have some basic and some advanced
agent licenses as part of the same deployment). All server and agent licenses must be of
the same classyou may not deploy advanced agent licenses on a server with a basic
server license.
The table below lists the Unified WIM Agent Licenses for CCE and their prices.
Uni fi ed EI M Agent Li censes
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License $1,000
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License $1,500

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
5.1.1.2.5 Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web
Collaboration applications
A blended license is a license for a single CCE agent who can be using (i.e. logged in
for) multiple media at the same time. Blended licenses are available in combination of 2
or 3 of the following: CCE premium voice agent (Finesse, Toolkit, or CAD), email or web.
Although the same can be achieved by buying separate voice, EIM, and WIM licenses,
the price level for the blended licenses is lower as compared to the equivalent aggregate
cost of individual licenses.
All Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses are based on concurrently logged-in agents,
irrespective of whether they are handling a voice, email or chat session or not. A blended
agent may work on 2 or 3 channels at once or on one channel at a time and switch back
and forth between multiple channels.
There is an important mandatory condition on the use of the blended licenses. They are
intended for users who want to multichannel-enable ALL agents. It is therefore not
allowed to mix the blended licensing model and the traditional multichannel licenses on a
single EIM-WIM system (single cluster). If there is more than one EIM WIM system in a
deployment then the licensing type must still be homogeneous within each EIM-WIM
system, but can be heterogeneous among the multiple EIM WIM systems, i.e. one EIM
WIM system may have only traditional multichannel licenses and other EIM WIM system
may have only blended licenses.
Examples:
Allowed deployments:
Single CCE system with single EIM-WIM cluster. 100 agents on system, 50 of which
have a voice license, 25 have a blended voice/email license, and 25 have a blended
voice/web license.
Single CCE system with 2 EIM-WIM clusters. 1000 agents on the system. 500 do
voice only with a CCE Premium agent license. 200 agents on EIM-WIM cluster 1
doing voice, email and web using 200 blended licenses. 300 agents on EIM-WIM
cluster 2. Of these 300 agents, 150 do email only with an email only license. 150 do
web and voice and need a separate voice and web license. Alternatively the 300
agents on cluster 2 could have been licensed with 150 blended voice/email licenses
and 150 blended voice/web licenses. This second option is cheaper.
Not allowed deployments:
Single CCE system with single EIM-WIM cluster with 350 agents. 100 agents doing
voice only, 200 email only agents licensed with email only license, and 50 agents
attempting blended web/voice. These latter 50 agents cannot use the blended
licensing model, unless the 200 email agents also get a blended voice/email license.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses and their prices.
Uni fi ed CCE Bl ended Agent Li censes
IPCE-BEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent $2,100

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License Advanced EIM + WIM Agent $2,900
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Basic EIM Agent $2,300
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Basic WIM Agent $2,000
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Basic EIM + WIM Agent $2,500
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Advanced EIM Agent $2,900
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Advanced WIM Agent $ 2,300
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Advanced EIM + WIM
Agent $ 3,300

5.1.1.2.6 eGain Multichannel offering for Cisco Unified Contact Center
Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
The eGain for Cisco SolutionsPlus offering is an integrated offering for end-user driven
multichannel management for Cisco powered contact centers. This offering makes
contact center operations more productive by enabling end users to be more agile, to
reduce costs, and to deliver improved customer experience.
Types of licenses offered
Through the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco offers the following eGain multichannel
products in three flavors:
Volume-based Applications
Volume-based licenses are perpetual licenses that license the system for a certain
maximum capacity; expressed as the number of sessions it can handle every month.
For example, a license for 20,000 Chatbot sessions a month is a perpetual license
that licenses the system for a maximum capacity of 20,000 Chatbot sessions each
month. If during any month a higher number of Chatbot sessions are needed, a
license for the additional capacity must be purchased.
User-based Contact Center Applications
There are two types of user-based licenses, depending on the product:
o Concurrent logged-in agents: This refers to the number of allowed concurrently
logged-in agents according to the license requirement. For example, an eGain
Mail application that is licensed for 200 concurrent agents, can have no more
than 200 agents logged into the system (i.e. whether they are handling emails or
are idle) at any given point in time.
o Named or configured agents: This refers to the number of individual, named
agents (user IDs) configured in the system, independent of whether they are
actually using the system. For example, when an eGain Cobrowse system is
licensed for 200 named agents, a maximum of 200 individual users have the
potential to setup Cobrowse sessions. Named licenses are available only for
Cobrowse when purchased as a single product (and not in conjunction with
chat). All other eGain products utilize concurrent or site based licensing
Blended eGain Agent Desktop (Packages)
These are attractively priced bundles of licenses, based on concurrent users.

Ordering
All eGain products can be ordered via the top level SKU IPCE-EGAIN-K9 and IPCE-
EGAIN-ADD-K9. Use the IPCE-EGAIN for new orders and IPCE-EGAIN-ADDON if you

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
want to add additional seats to an existing deployment. Concurrent or named agent
product SKUs have CN or NM at the end of the SKU names for easy identification in the
ordering tool and guide. Products based on number of sessions, offers, or surveys have
a 10K, 20K, 25K, or 50K at the end of the SKU name. All purchased eGain SolutionsPlus
products need to go through the A2Q process. Non-production suites (NFR) contain all
eGain products for Cisco SolutionsPlus.

Non-production Licenses
The non-production suites come standard with permanent licenses for 50 agents. The
non-production suite for end-customers can only be purchased in addition to a regular
production system.

Maximum Allowed Discounts
The maximum allowed discounts that can be offered when selling eGain SolutionsPlus
products are the contracted partner resale discounts. Any order with additional discounts
will not be honored and released from Compliance Hold, without written permission from
eGain.

Maintenance and support
For more information regarding eGain product upgrades, services, and support, visit
http://www.egain.com/ciscosolutionsplus/. Note: Only Cisco Media Blender related
support inquiries should go through Cisco TAC.

Integration with Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise (Unified CCE)
The eGain SolutionsPlus offering is only available when integrated with Unified CCE or
Packaged CCE. Cisco does not consider eGain opportunities through SolutionPlus
where there are no immediate ties to a Unified CCE system or opportunity. Cisco has no
rights to resell eGain licenses for such unconnected deals. Currently, eGain
SolutionsPlus is not available with Hosted Collaboration Solution. Please refer to the
Hosted Collaboration Solution sections of the ordering guide for more information
regarding supported SolutionsPlus products. eGain Chat, Video Chat, and Mail integrate
to Unified CCE with no additional Unified CCE licenses required for the integration. So in
other words, if you have a Unified CCE system with or without voice agent licenses, you
can integrate with eGain for Chat, Video Chat, and Mail routing.
Cisco provides the Cisco Media Blender software for free when eGain Chat or Video
Chat is ordered. Therefore when an order is placed for eGain Chat or Video Chat, the
Cisco Media Blender software will automatically be shipped (i.e. on separate media with
its own license certificate) along with the SolutionsPlus Right to Use Notification to
customers. SKU for the Cisco Media Blender and Right to Use Notification certificate are
IPCE-EGAN-CMB and IPCE-EGAN-LC respectively, but will be added to the order
automatically when ordering eGain Chat or Video Chat. Note: CMB is only needed for
Web/Scheduled Callback functionality. For instance, Cisco Media Blender is not needed
for regular click to chat or email.

E-Mail and Web Interaction Manager (EIM WIM) customers
eGain SolutionPlus products cannot be sold as add-ons to EIM WIM. If customers want

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
additional eGain products/functionality outside of email and chat, eGain SolutionsPlus
is the way to go. Customers looking to explore this option further should contact eGain to
discuss potential choices. There are some similarities as well as differences between
EIM WIM and eGain SolutionPlus. EIM WIM offers basic and advance email and chat
capabilities whereas eGain Chat and Email offers all advanced capabilities. EIM WIM 9.0
uses eGain version 11 as its code base, which is the same in the eGain SolutionsPlus
products. EIM WIM Advanced is a subset of eGain Mail and Chat.

eGain Sales Engagement
Cisco account teams must involve eGain on every SolutionPlus sale opportunity to
ensure the needed expertise is present during customer engagement.
For additional information, visit http://www.egain.com/ciscosolutionsplus/

Product Numbers Description List Price ($US)
for minimum
initial purchase
Unit
Volume-based Applications
Base Products
IPCE-EGAN-SSA-20K eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables
organizations to provide distinctive,
productive and guided self-service
experiences to website visitors.
Includes Guided Help
$64,800 20,000 sessions/month
IPCE-EGAN-CTB-20K eGain Chatbot - For avatar-based,
brand-aligned natural language
conversations
IPCE-EGAN-COM-20K eGain Community - For creation and
management of online communities or
forums, and community knowledge
harvesting
IPCE-EGAN-OFF-50K eGain Offers - Delivers proactive, real-
time, rule-based content offers to website
visitors
$30,000 50,000 presented content-
based offers/month
Optional ADD-ON Products
Product Numbers Description List Price ($US) Unit
IPCE-EGAN-SSA-10K eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables
organizations to provide distinctive,
productive and guided self-service
experiences to website. Note: Must have
already purchased IPCE-EGAN-SSA-20K
in order to buy this add-on product
IPCE-EGAN-CTB-10K eGain Chatbot - For avatar-based, brand-
aligned natural language conversations.
Note: Must have already purchased
IPCE-EGAN-CTB-20K in order to buy this
add-on product
IPCE-EGAN-COM-10K eGain Community - For creation and
management of online communities or
forums, community knowledge harvesting
Note: Must have already purchased
IPCE-EGAN-COM-20K in order to buy
this add-on product
IPCE-EGAN-OFF-25K eGain Offers - Delivers proactive, real-
time, rule-based content offers to website
visitors. Note: Must have already
purchased IPCE-EGAN-OFF-50K in
order to buy this add-on product
$15,000 25,000 presented content-
based offers / month
User-based Contact Center Applications
IPCE-EGAN-MAIL-CN eGain Mail - Email management $3,240 Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-CHT-CN eGain Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat +
agent offers)
$3,240 Concurrent agent

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

5.1.1.2.7 Exony VIM for Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise through
Cisco SolutionsPlus
Exony VIM (Virtualized Interaction Manager) is an integrated solution for end-user driven
reporting, analytics and management of Cisco powered contact centers. VIM makes
contact center operations more productive - enabling end users to be more agile, to
reduce costs and to deliver improved customer experience.
Through the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco offers the following Exony products tiered (in
increasing levels of sophistication):
VIM DataMart
VIM Standard
VIM Performance
Starting from either VIM DataMart or VIM Standard, upsell SKUs can be applied
to readily switch on functionality from one level to the next, e.g. upgrading VIM
Standard to VIM Performance. VIM products are inclusive of the prior version
so purchase can start at any of the three levels. For example, VIM DataMart is
not required to purchase VIM Standard. Descriptions of the three VIM products
are included below:
- VIM is built on a core multi-tenancy and enterprise partitioning security
framework (developed to meet the needs of Service Providers and
complex Enterprises) which enables the safe and secure delegation of
multiple operations capabilities from IT to business end users in a
IPCE-EGAN-VCHT-CN eGain Video Chat - Text Chat (reactive
chat + agent offers) + Video Chat
IPCE-EGAN-COB-NM eGain Cobrowse - Shared web browsing
and secure form-filling (stand alone, does
not include Chat)
$1,920 Named agent
IPCE-EGAN-KA-CN eGain KnowledgeAgent - KnowledgeAgent
Advanced (includes guided help)
Blended eGain Agent Desktop
IPCE-EGAN-SCHT-CN eGain Super Chat - Text Chat (reactive
chat + agent offers) + Video Chat +
Cobrowse
IPCE-EGAN-MACH-
CN
Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent
offers)
$4,536 Concurrent agent. Must buy
same number of licenses of
each product
IPCE-EGAN-MCCO-
CN
eGain Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat +
agent offers) + Cobrowse
$5,040 Concurrent agent. Must buy
same number of licenses of
each product
Non-Production Suites
IPCE-EGAN-NFR-EC NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END
CUSTOMERS For Development / Test /
Staging Environments for end customers
$5,000 Per additionally installed
system beyond the
production environment
IPCE-EGAN-NFR-CP NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR
PARTNERS For Development / Test /
Staging Environments for Partners. Single
system with all functionality, limited in
volume
$0 Per installed system

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
cloud style computing model. All the VIM reporting, analytics,
performance management, resource and service management
applications inherit the security framework.
- VIM DataMart is the core VIM reporting data repository built on the
security framework. DataMart offers native data connections to Cisco
UCCE, UCCH, ICM and CVP platforms, enabling import and
consolidation of data into one repository. A single connection Mediator
license is also included to enable data import to be configured to
another data source, e.g. WFM, QM, Email or CRM platforms.
- VIM Standard builds on VIM DataMart (i.e. security, data repository
and single Mediator connection) adding in a number of self serve tools
to enable end users to safely and securely fulfill their own reporting
needs with no developer intervention. Additionally, Standard includes
Resource Management (native VIM version of CCMP) and Service
Management applications to enable end users to safely manage
UCCE/H resources, script variables, outbound campaigns and percent
allocations. Standard delivers the concept of measure and manage
enabling an end user to securely move between measurement
applications (reporting) and management applications to proactively
optimize the contact center platform configuration.
All Exony products are orderable via the top level SKU IPCE-EXONY. For each of these
products, order one per concurrent agent or concurrent IVR/CVP port in the system.
High Availability SKUs (enabling a redundant failover architecture) are additional to the
base product SKU and are also ordered as a quantity of concurrent agents or ports.
A mandatory support and maintenance contract is purchased directly from Exony at 20
percent of the total product sale.

Product Numbers
Descri pti on Li st Pri ce ($US)
Exony Product Li censes
IPCE-EXONY-A-DM Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex $180
IPCE-EXONY-A-S Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex $240
IPCE-EXONY-A-P Exony VIM Performance Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex $480
Add on Options Mediator (for
Datamart & Standard only)

IPCE-EXONY-D-L1 Exony VIM Mediator (Per DB and Agent / Port) Simplex $60
Add on Options High
Availability

IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-DM Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent / Port - High Avail $45
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent / Port - High Avail $60
IPCE-EXONY-HA-D-L1
Exony VIM Mediator (Per Database and Agent / Port) High
Avail
$15
Upgrade Options
IPCE-EXONY-UP-S Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard $60
IPCE-EXONY-UP-P Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance $240
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-S Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard - High Avail $15

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-P Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance - High Avail $60
5.1.1.2.8 ALI Solutions OnQ Campaign Management for Cisco Unified
Contact Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
The OnQ Campaign Management Solution maximizes calling effectiveness, while
reducing the complexity of outbound operations. This solution automates and centralizes
campaign and policy management, ensuring call rule compliance and meeting goals and
quotas while responding to staffing fluctuations.
OnQ adds additional power and flexibility to Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise
Outbound Option and is equally effective in collections, telemarketing, and teleservices
operations.
Note: This product license allows OnQ to be used with Unified CCE Outbound Option
only. It is not intended to be used with 3rd party dialers. Customers may contact ALI
Solutions directly for other dialer integrations.
If ordering OnQ, a corresponding OnQ port needs to be purchased for every Outbound
Dialer Port deployed. Additionally, a base server license is required (one per customer).
Add On OnQ ports do not require the base server license. Additionally, for Packaged
CCE deployments, the base server license is not required the Add On port SKU should
be ordered. Installation and Support services for OnQ are separate and purchased
directly through ALI Solutions.
The table below lists the CCE ALI Solutions OnQ Server and Port license and price.
ALI Sol uti ons Product Li censes
IPCE-ONQSVR ALI OnQ Enterprise Server License $50,000.00
IPCE-ONQPORT-L ALI OnQ Port for CCE $1600.00
IPCE-ONQADDONPRT-L ALI OnQ Port for UCCE Add On & Packaged CCE $1600.00
5.1.1.2.9 Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Contact Center
Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Bucher and Suters suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations, provides
elegant integration to CRM applications, and multi-channel interaction handling. Each of
these products operates within a Contact Center Enterprise Environment and as pre-
requisite, customers need to procure Contact Center Enterprise Premium Licenses as
described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of premium
license seats. Also note that a customer must buy a license for each concurrent agent
as measured at maximum utilization.
The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce
Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel
Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Migration from existing Cisco Unified CRM Connectors
Customers may migrate from existing Cisco Siebel and SAP CRM Connector
deployments to Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus. The general
guidelines associated with migrations include:
$0 License Migration Cost
Bucher+Suter Deployment Services are mandatory. Customers purchase
deployment services directly from Bucher+Suter.
Bucher+Suter Annual Maintenance/Upgrade Subscriptions are mandatory.
Customers purchase these subscriptions directly from Bucher+Suter.
The statement of work and maintenance master agreements with Bucher+Suter
must be executed prior to A2Q review.
Purchase orders for the Bucher+Suter contracts must be submitted before the
software will ship.
New and Add-On Deployments
Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus
CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level IPCE-CRM
option class. Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 30 seats with no
maximum number of seats.
Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter
SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level
IPCE-CRM-ADD option class. There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for
add-on deployments.
The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or
add-on to an existing deployment.

Opti on Cl ass
Descri pti on
IPCE-CRM
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the
Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
IPCE-CRM-ADD
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an
existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter
SolutionsPlus CRM Connector

Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce
In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers
must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses.
Note: the connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match
the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Note that these connector licenses are
perpetual licenses, not annual ones.

Product Numbers

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
IPCE-BS-SF-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice
Only) for a named agent
$700
IPCE-BS-SF-CASEAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for task
&email handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel
In order to use the Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel CRM Connector, customers must
procure their own Siebel licenses.

Product Numbers
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-MGR
Migration SKU from Cisco connectors to b+s for
Siebel. Migration licensing from legacy Cisco CRM
Connector for Siebel to SolutionsPlus MCA for
Siebel is for voice only. Media channels are
available at an additional cost.
$0
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Siebel (Voice
Only)
$700
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-EAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email and
ticket handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP
In order to use the Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP CRM Connector, customers must procure
their own SAP CRM or ICI licenses.

Product Numbers
IPCE-BS-SAP-MGR
Migration SKU from Cisco connectors to b+s for
SAP. Migration licensing from legacy Cisco CRM
Connector for SAP to SolutionsPlus MCA for SAP
is for voice only. Media channels are available at an
additional cost.
$0
IPCE-BS-SAP-VAGT Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for SAP (Voice Only) $700
IPCE-BS-SAP-EAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email
handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SAP-CAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for chat
handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
For a support or deployment services quote please contact info@bucher-suter.com or
contact your Bucher + Suter Sales Engagement Manager
5. 1. 2 Addi ti onal Uni fi ed CCE Li censes and Components
In addition to the Unified CCE Server Licenses and Agent Licenses discussed above,
additional licenses and components may be needed to support third party IVR and
special Unified CCE deployment cases.
5.1.2.1 Third Party IVR Licenses
In cases where non-Cisco IVRs are used with Unified CCE, third party IVR licenses are
required to connect this third party (non-Cisco) IVR system to Unified CCE.
This part licenses the following functionality (Brackets contain name of the application
interface used on the Voice Response Unit Peripheral Gateway VRU PG):
! Monitoring of IVR and IVR call status (Data Feed and other interfaces)

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
! Unified CCE pre-routing calls to IVR with call context data (Call Routing interface)
! Unified CCE accepting post-routing requests from IVR (Call Routing interface)
! Unified CCE controlling IVR applications for calls at the IVR (Service Control
Interface). In case the third party IVR is used to queue Unified CCE calls the
Service Control Interface must be used.
The software component licensed by the third party IVR license is the VRU PG and all of
the public interfaces that it offers.
Note: There is no separate license for the VRU PG. For example, either four hundred
(400) third party IVR port licenses can be used to connect a single four hundred (400)-
port IVR (using single optional redundant PG) or to connect four (4) separate one
hundred (100)-port IVR systems (using four (4) optionally redundant PGs)
A third party IVR Port license is required for every third party IVR port monitored or
controlled by the ICM component of the Unified CCE, even if the third party IVR never
receive any actual calls.
The table below lists the Third Party IVR licenses and prices. Which tier can be used
depends on the number of Third Party IVR Port licenses in the order. The table in section
9.1.2.1 is applicable.
Thi rd Party I VR l i censes
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 1 $300.00

5.1.2.2 Special Unified CCE Deployment Cases
There are several non-standard Unified CCE deployment models that dont fit the
standard licensing models described above. The required licensing for these cases is
described in
this section.
5.1.2.2.1 Unified CCE System as Hybrid Unified CCE and Unified ICM System
In this deployment model, the Unified CCE has third party ACDs connected as well as
Unified Communications Managers and is therefore a combination of Unified ICM
Enterprise and Unified Contact Center Enterprise. A system like this requires both Unified
ICM Enterprise and Unified Contact Center Enterprise licenses.
Unified ICM Enterprise licenses are required for each connected third-party ACD and all
agents on these ACDs. In case the Unified ICM Enterprise agents are using Blind
Network Transfer capabilities a license for this function is required (note that such a
license is not required for Unified Contact Center Enterprise agents using this function,
this functionality is included in the Unified CCE agent licenses).
For the Unified CCE function a single Contact Center Enterprise Server license is

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
required as well as Unified CCE agent licenses for all Unified CCE agents connected to
the Unified Communications Manager(s).
5.1.2.2.2 Unified CCE System that is connected to a carrier owned and
operated Unified Contact Center Hosted (CCH) System
When a company owns and operates a Unified CCE system that is connected to a
carriers Unified Contact Center Hosted (CCH) system (for pre-routing, Network IVR
services, etc.), the customers Unified CCE systems should be licensed as a Unified CCE
system and not as (part of) a Unified CCH system.
Notes
! No separate license is required to connect a Unified CCE system to a Unified
CCH system.
! Only customers owning Unified ICM Hosted licenses or Unified CCH licenses
should purchase Unified CCH Agent Licenses.
5.2 Ordering New Unified CCE System and Add-On Licenses
Almost all orders for new Unified CCE systems and add on Orders can be made through
a single top-level Product Number: IPCE-BUNDLE.
Once IPCE-BUNDLE is selected in the ordering tool, this part number will provide a
comprehensive list of all software and hardware product numbers that you need to place
an order for a new Unified CCE system.
For each new Unified CCE system order, an order needs to be placed for at least the
following three (3) product numbers:
! Contact Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT)
! Contact Center Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR)
! Contact Center Enterprise Agent License (IPCE-AGENTS-LC)
For add on orders, an order needs to be placed for at least the following:
Contact Center Enterprise Agent License (IPCE-AGENTS-LC).
The IPCE-BUNDLE also shows the following optional Contact Center Enterprise items:
PORTALAGT-LC
IPCE-MULTICHAN
UCSS-CCE
In addition to the product numbers outlined above, upon selection of the IPCE-BUNDLE
product number, product numbers associated with ordering Unified Customer Voice
Portal (CVP), Unified IP IVR, and Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS). Please refer
to the respective sections in this ordering guide for more information on ordering these
components.
For each of the 6 product numbers above, you can only select a quantity of zero (0) or
one (1). By selecting 1 for each product number individually, you can then configure that

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
item and select the required types and quantity. This is described in the next sections in
detail
5. 2. 1 Orderi ng CCE Agent l i censes for voi ce appl i cati ons
! Contact Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT): For new Unified CCE system
orders, you will typically select a quantity of one 1 for Contact Center Enterprise
Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT). For add on orders, you may choose not to order new
media kits by selecting zero 0 for Contact Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-
MEDIAKIT). Upon selecting quantity of 1 for the IPCE-MEDIAKIT, you will be
presented with two options:
1. Contact Center Enterprise Media Kit: Upon selection of this option, select the
release version of Contact Center Enterprise Media Kit that you desire to order.
You can order only one media kit at a time. The media kit will dynamically be
composed, based on what licenses are ordered.
Notes:
If you are placing an order for traditional Unified CCE Model, select the IPCE-
MEDIA product number option for the desired version presented under
Contact Center Enterprise Media Kit (IPCE-MEDIAKIT) option.
There is no separate part number to order Unified CCE System PG. If the
Unified CCE System PG is needed for a new Unified CCE system (other than
System Unified CCE Model), select IPCE-MEDIA product number option for
the desired version.
If you are planning on ordering Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice
Applications with Multi-Channel option, select IPCE-MEDIA product number
option for the desired version.
2. Cisco Agent Desktop Media Kit: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE
Standard, Enhanced, or Premium Cisco Agent Desktop licenses (i.e. you are not
planning on ordering Unified CCE Premium Licenses with Cisco Finesse or Cisco
Toolkit), select the desired release version of Cisco Agent Desktop Media Kit that
you desire.

! Contact Center Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR): For new Unified CCE
system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one 1 for IPCC Enterprise
Server License (IPCE-SVR). If this is an add-on order, select zero 0 for IPCE-SVR.
! Contact Center Enterprise Agent Licenses (IPCE-AGENT-LC): For new and add-on
Unified CCE system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one 1 for Contact
Center Enterprise Agent License Certificate (IPCE-AGENT-LC). Upon selecting
quantity of 1 for the IPCE-AGENT-LC, you will be presented with a variety of
option classes:
1. Contact Center Standard Agent: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE
Standard Cisco Agent Desktop, select this option. Upon selection of this option,
input the quantity of Contact Center Enterprise Standard Agent (IPCE-
STDAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
2. Contact Center Enhanced Agent: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop, select this option. Upon selection of this
option, input the quantity of Contact Center Enterprise Enhanced Agent (IPCE-
ENHAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
3. Contact Center Premium Agent: If you are placing an order for Cisco Finesse
Desktop, Premium Cisco Agent Desktop or Cisco Tool Kit Agent, select this
option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Contact Center
Enterprise Premium Agent (IPCE-PREMAGT-L) licenses that you desire to
order.
4. Contact Center Outbound Dialer Ports: If you are placing an order for Unified
CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound option, select this
option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Contact Center
Enterprise Outbound Dialer Ports (IPCE-DIALPORT-L) licenses that you desire
to order.
Notes:
! The Premium Agent license is required for all CTI desktop integrations even if
there is no Cisco software used on the desktop.

! Unified Outbound Dialer Ports are supported on Enhanced, Premium and CRM
Agent licenses, not with Standard. Note that not all CRM Connectors support
Outbound Option.
! Unified Multi-Channel option is supported on Standard, Enhanced, Premium and
CRM Agent licenses.
5. 2. 2 Orderi ng New Uni fi ed EI M and Uni fi ed WI M System and Add-On
Li censes
Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager licenses are
listed under the IPCE-BUNDLE top-level product number; under the product number
CCE Multichannel Options (IPCE-MULTICHAN). You may also order Unified EIM and
Unified WIM directly by using the product number IPCE-MULTICHAN and configuring
options for server and agent licenses.
For a new system, you will need to order server software and agent licenses. Add-on
agent licenses may also be ordered separately.
Select the Server Software option under CCE Multichannel Options and select the
desired server license(s) from the following:
! IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR - CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
! IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR - CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software
License
! IPCE-BCOL-SVR - CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
! IPCE-ACOL-SVR - CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
Once you select a server license you will be able to order the media kit listed below.
! IPCE-MC-KIT-43-K8 - CCE and CCH Multichannel Interaction Options Media Kit

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
! IPCE-MC-KIT-90-K8 - CCE and CCH Multichannel Interaction Options Media Kit
To order agent licenses, select the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options and
select the desired agent licenses from the following. Each order is required to have at
least one agent license.
! IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
! IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
! IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L - CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
! IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L - CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
5. 2. 3 Orderi ng CCE Bl ended Agent l i censes for voi ce, emai l , and web
col l aborati on
Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses are listed under the IPCE-BUNDLE top-level
product number; under the product number CCE Multichannel Options (IPCE-
MULTICHAN). You may also order Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses directly by using
the product number IPCE-MULTICHAN and configuring options for agent licenses.
For a new system, you will need to order server software and agent licenses. Add-on
agent licenses may also be ordered separately.
There are certain conditions that must be followed when ordering CCE Blended Agent
licenses:
For new deployments of either CCE, EIM or WIM, the server license must be
ordered for the CCE, EIM, and WIM system. This would be any 2 or all 3 of
them, as applicable. For more details on how to order server licenses, refer to
the above sections Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications and
Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On Licenses.
You cannot mix Blended multichannel licenses with traditional multichannel
licenses on a single EIM or WIM system. See section Unified CCE Blended
Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration applications for more
details.
Mixing Basic and Advanced license on a single EIM-WIM system is not allowed.
Blended Agent licenses with voice option are available with CCE Premium
Voice agent only.
There is a migration path from Premium Voice agent to Blended Agent license,
but there is no migration path from EIM or WIM agent license to Blended Agent
license.
You cannot migrate from Blended Agent license to unbundled Voice, EIM, or
WIM license.
There are some restrictions on Blended Agent license usage with Packaged
CCE. See section 6.3 Optional Features Licenses in Packaged CCE chapter for
details.
To order agent licenses, select the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options and

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
select the desired agent licenses from the following. Each order is required to have at
least one agent license.
IPCE-BEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License Advance EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Basic EIM Agent
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Basic WIM Agent
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Basic EIM +
WIM Agent
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Advanced EIM
Agent
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Advanced WIM
Agent
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Premium Voice + Advanced EIM
+ WIM Agent
5.3 Upgrades
5. 3. 1 Upgrades of CCE Agent l i censes
For Unified CCE, there are a number of upgrade and migration options:
! Upgrading from Standard Cisco Agent Desktop to Enhanced Cisco Agent
Desktop.
In IPCE-AGENTS-LC, select the option class Upgrade Standard to Enhanced
IPCC Agent license. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity that you
desire to order (IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L).
! Upgrading from Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop to Premium Agent Licenses
(Finesse, CAD or CTI Toolkit).
In IPCE-AGENTS-LC, select the option class Upgrade Enhanced to Premium
IPCC Agent license. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity that you
desire to order (IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L).
Cisco Contact Center Management Portal (CCMP) included with both desktop
types
! Upgrading from Premium Agent license to a CRM Agent license.
In IPCE-AGENTS-LC, select the option class Upgrade Premium to CRM Agent
license. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity that you desire to order.
In addition, upon selection of the IPCE-UPGCRMAGT-L option, you will further be
presented with the option to select from different CRM Agent Options.
Cisco Contact Center Management Portal (CCMP) included with all CRM Agent
licenses.
! Migrating from Cisco Finesse, CTI Toolkit, or Premium CAD to Cisco Finesse, CTI
Toolkit, or Premium CAD does not require a specific SKU (i.e., it is a free

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
migration). However, please note that you may need to place a media kit-only
order for the desired desktop.
! Upgrading previously purchased Agent licenses for use with Contact Center
Management Portal. From IPCE-BUNDLE select quantity 1 of IPCE-
PORTALAGT-L C. Upon selecting this you can configures the desired quantity of
CCE Agents you want to upgrade for use with Unified Contact Center
Management Portal (IPCE-PORTALAGT-L).
! Upgrading from Premium Agent license to a Blended Agent license.
In IPCE-MULTICHAN, select the option class Blended Agent license. You will
further be presented with the option to select from different Upgrade Agent
Options
IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Email to
Premium Agent
IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Web to
Premium Agent
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Email to
Premium Agent
IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Web to
Premium Agent
Select option; input the quantity that you desire to order. See the section Ordering
CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web collaboration, to learn
about conditions required for CCE Blended Agent licenses.

($US)
Opti ons
Uni fi ed CCE Agent Upgrade Li cense
IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L

UPGRADE FROM STANDARD TO
ENHANCED CCE AGENT
$500.00
IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L UPGRADE FROM ENHANCED TO PREMIUM
CCE AGENT
(Includes CCMP license)
$250.00 Choice of:
Cisco Agent Desktop
IPCE-UPGCRMAGT-L IPCC ENTERPRISE UPGRADE PREMIUM TO
CRM AGENT LICENSE
(includes CCMP license)
$600.00 SAP
Siebel
IPCE-PORTALAGT-L Upgrade Individual IPCE Agent for use with
CCMP
$150.00
Uni fi ed CCE Desktop Mi grati on Li censes
IPCE-SIEBELCRM-M Migrate Existing CRM Connector to Cisco
Siebel Connector
$600.00
IPCE-SAPCRM-M Migrate Existing CRM Connector to Cisco SAP
Connector
$600.00
Uni fi ed CCE Bl ended Agent Upgrade Li cense
IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic
Email to Premium Agent
$850
IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic
Web to Premium Agent
$500

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
Opti ons
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced
Email to Premium Agent
$1,500
IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced
$850
5. 3. 2 Customer Col l aborati on Upgrade Offer
This section describes the Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer which is available
starting May 4, 2011 until July 27, 2013. This offer is for CCE customers who want to
upgrade to an available major release, but do not have a UCSS contract. The offer
consists of two parts: attractively priced upgrade licenses, plus a mandatory purchase of
a 3-year
9
UCSS contract. The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is also available for
Customer Voice Portal (see section 3.2.4).
The upgrade licenses are priced at approximately one-third of the price of a new license.
The components for which upgrade licenses are available are:
Standard, enhanced and premium agent licenses
CRM Agent licenses for Siebel CRM Connector only; not for other CRM
Connectors
Outbound dialer ports
Note that no upgrade is required for the IPCC Server license.
The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is ordered through a top-level product code
CC-UPG-BUNDLE.
($US)
Opti ons
CC-UPG-BUNDLE Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer Top
level SKU
$0
IPCE-AGENTSUPG UCC Enterprise Agent Licenses Upgrade $0
IPCE-STDAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT
UPGRADE $365

IPCE-ENHAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT
UPGRADE $500

IPCE-PREMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE PREMIUM AGENT
UPGRADE $565
Choice of:
Cisco Agent Desktop
IPCE-CRMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE CRM AGENT LICENSE
UPGRADE $700
Siebel
IPCE-DIALPORTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE OUTBOUND DIALER
PORT UPGRADE $200

Notes
CCE upgrade media is NOT shipped as part of the upgrade SKUs. It can be
ordered via CC-UPG-BUNDLE

9
One year UCSS contract allowed for customers who cannot legally buy 3-year contracts.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
All upgrade orders go on New Product Hold and entitlement will be verified
before the order is released.
An ESW contract is mandatory in order to be able to activate the UCSS
contract. Without activation no major release media can be downloaded or
ordered in the future.
5. 3. 3 Mi grati ons from Ci sco Uni fi ed I CM to Contact Center Enterpri se
Customers using a licensed ICM Enterprise with a third-party ACD who want to migrate
to Cisco Unified Contact Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) can purchase Unified CCE
Premium Agent and Server licenses at a discount. Unified CCE Premium Agent licenses
can be purchased at the price shown below. There are different product codes and
prices, depending on whether the customer has ICM Agent licenses only (migrate using
IPCE-PROMOAGTREG-L), or also has ICM Desktop licenses (migrate using IPCE-
PROMOAGTDSK-L). Unified CCE Server licenses are discounted at 100%.
Notes:
1 year of UCSS is mandatory for the new CCE licenses
Additional discounts (partner/customer/other promotions) may apply.
This offer is currently scheduled to expire at the end of FY 2014.
Orders should be placed using the bundle: IPCE-CTIPROMO.
Other components of Unified CCE can be ordered via: IPCE-BUNDLE
I CM to Contact Center Enterpri se mi grati on offer
IPCE-PROMOAGTDSK-L ICM Desktop Agent to UCCE Premium Agent $600
IPCE-PROMOAGTREG-L ICM Regular Agent to UCCE Premium Agent $1,300

5. 3. 4 Mi grati ons from Ci sco Uni fi ed Contact Center Express to
Contact Center Enterpri se
Although there is no technical migration path between Contact Center Express and
Contact Center Enterprise, Cisco offers a discount program for customers who outgrew
their Contact Center Express system and are migrating to Contact Center Enterprise.
The program requires these customers to purchase Contact Center Enterprise, but they
receive a discount for handing in their Contact Center Express licenses:
If they own a CCX system with Enhanced Agent licenses, they receive a 25%
discount on the CCE Premium Agent license and a 100% discount on the CCE
Server license.
If they own a CCX system with Premium Agent licenses, they receive a 35%
discount on the CCE Premium Agent license and a 100% discount on the CCE
Server license.
Notes:

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
These discounts are taken off the list price before any standard (partner/customer)
discounts are applied.
These discounts plus any standard partner/customer discount may get flagged by
sales finance and may require escalations for approvals. CCBU is in support of the
promo discount of 25% or 35% plus the standard discounts not to exceed a total
discount of 72%. This support applies only to this particular promo and not to any
other product codes.
For customers planning to use IPIVR as the queuing and prompting platform for
CCE, it is important to note the following
o CCX licenses cannot be used as or converted into IPIVR licenses. New
IPIVR licenses need to be purchased.
o CCX and CCE redundancy operates differently. To have a redundant IPIVR
system with CCE, two IPIVR systems need to be purchased.
The discounts only apply to customers buying CCE Premium Agent licenses.
Customers wanting a CCE system with Standard or Enhanced Agent licenses need
to purchase CCE in the regular way (but note that a Premium Agent with discount is
cheaper than an Enhanced Agent without discount).
Customers wanting a CCE system with CRM Agent licenses can buy the Premium
Agent licenses using the discount and purchase the upgrade licenses to CRM
Agent. This is cheaper than buying the (undiscounted) CRM Agent licenses.
The discount does not apply to customers having a CCX system with Standard
Agent licenses.
The discount can only be used to buy one CCE Server license as well as CCE
Premium Agent licenses in the same quantity as the customer owns CCX (Enhanced
or Premium) Agent licenses. Any additional CCE agent licenses can be purchased in
the regular way, with the additional discount.
In order to receive the additional discount, orders should be placed using the following
product codes. Note that the discounts will not be visible on the order until the order is
completed in the system.
Product Numbers Descri pti on Di scount
I CM to Contact Center Hosted mi grati on offer
IPCE-CCXPRMPROMO IPCC Enterprise Migration for CCX Premium customers 35%
IPCE-ENHPROMO IPCC Enterprise Migration for CCX Enhanced customers 25%
5. 3. 5 Upgrades for Uni fi ed E-Mai l I nteracti on Manager and Uni fi ed
Web I nteracti on Manager
Basic server and agent licenses for Unified EIM and Unified WIM may be upgraded to
advanced versions. Note that an entire deployment must be upgradedall agent and
server licenses (for both EIM and WIM) in a deployment must be upgraded as part of a

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
single order.
To order an upgrade, select one or both of the following server upgrade licenses from the
Server Software option under CCE Multichannel Options.
! IPCE-UEMAIL-SVR - CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to
Advanced
! IPCE-UCOL-SVR - CCE Web Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
Then select the quantity of agent upgrade licenses required from the Agents option under
CCE Multichannel Options. Select from the following part numbers.
! IPCE-UEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to
Advanced
! IPCE-UCOL-AGT-L - CCE Web Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to
Advanced
5.4 Migration from Previous Licensing Methods
This section describes how customers that have purchased Unified CCE licenses under
an older licensing scheme should be treated when expanding their system or renewing
maintenance using the new maintenance product numbers.
The basic rules for translating older Unified CCE licenses into new ones are very
straightforward. The table below provides the main relationships:
Ol der i tem New I tem
IPCE-PREMSIEBLAGT-L (subtype of IPCE-PREMAGT-L before
February 2007)
IPCE-SIEBELCRM (subtype of IPCE-CRMAGT-L)
IPCC Server (IPC-SVR) IPCC Enterprise Server and 25 agent licenses
IPCC Cisco Agent Desktop and Supervisor (IPCC-AGTCAD,
IPCC-SUPCSD) with all agent options

IPCC Enterprise Standard Agent
IPCC Cisco Agent Desktop with CTI and Supervisor
(IPC-AGTCADCTI, IPCC-SUPCSD) and all agent options.
IPCC Enterprise Enhanced Agent
IPCC Cisco Toolkit Desktop and Supervisor (IPC-AGTCTD,
IPC-SUPCTS)
IPCC Enterprise Premium Agent
All other items, such as: Redundancy, Gateway licenses,
Administrative Workstation, HDS,,
Internet Script Editor Connection, third-party CTI Connection
These items do not translate into any current license.
All functionality is now included.
Using the rules above if the customer should translate their current licenses into new
ones and use that as a basis for ordering expansion licenses. This leads to the following
specific cases for expansion orders:
Expansi on case: customer wants to! Customer shoul d order!
Add more agents to an existing location New Standard, Enhanced, or Premium Agent licenses.
Note that only Premium agent types include CCMP
license. CCMP upgrade license must be purchased for
STD or ENH agent types to use CCMP.
Add an included option such as Application Gateway or a
WebView connection
Nothing. When customer has IPCC agent licenses in
place, these components can now be deployed without
additional licensing
Add CCMP to an existing system with IPCH agents purchased
prior to August 1st 2007.
Purchase the CCMP Upgrade license (IPCE-
PORTALAGT-L) for the total number of agents on the
system

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
5.5 Non-Production Systems
The Unified CCE non-production license includes Unified CCE Server, Unified CCE
Standard, Enhanced, Premium and CRM Agent, Dialer Port, Blind Network Transfer,
Third Party IVR Port Licenses. With Unified CCE 9.0, the Non-Production License
includes Cisco SocialMiner and Cisco Finesse software and license PAKs for CVP and
Intelligence Center. All components can be used in reasonable quantities, but exclusively
in non-production systems. Non-production use includes lab, demo and training
purposes.
Non-production systems for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web
Interaction Manager are available separately using the product codes listed below. For
End customers this kit contains 10 Advanced Email Agents and 10 Advanced Web
Agents. A larger bundle can be selected (same product code, same price), but this is
only allowed for customers who have a large EIM-WIM production environment.
Notes:
! These licenses are only sold either to end-customers who have already ordered
Unified CCE production licenses or to certified ATP Partners.
! These licenses are priced differently for end-customers and ATP-certified
partners. End-customers should only order the licenses with Product Numbers
ending in -EC. Certified Partners should only order the Product Numbers ending
in -CP.
! Certified Partner non-production bundles are only available for order by ATP
Partners in theaters where the DART tool is not available (that is European,
Emerging and Japan today). These bundles are only available from the
Wholesale price list, which implies that they must be ordered through a Cisco
distributor.
! The -DART= bundle is only available for ATP partners through the DART tool, for
theaters where DART is used.
The table below lists the Non-Production bundles and their list price.
Non-producti on bundl es
IPCE-NPSENT-EC CC ENT Non-Production Suite Customer $25,000
IPCE-NPSENT-CP CC ENT Non-production Suite ATP Partners $0
IPCE-NPSENT-DART= CC ENT Non-Production Suite ATP Partners $200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DART CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS
VIA DART
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DISTRI CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS
VIA DISTRI
$0
IPCE-MC-NFR-EC CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END
CUSTOMERS
$5,000
5.6 Product Number Summary Table for Unified CCE Product Numbers
This section contains a summary table with all Unified CCE product numbers and

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

Pri ce
($US)
(i )
Operate Servi ces (i i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
CC Enterpri se Server
IPCE-SVR CC ENTERPRISE
SERVER LICENSE
$15,000 Upgrades included
in agent licenses
CON-ESW-
IPESVR
$1,500
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR CCE Basic E-Mail
Interaction Mgr Server
Software License
in agent licenses
CON-ESW-IPCE-
BEM
$450
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR CCE Advanced E-Mail
Software License
$5,000

Upgrades included
in agent licenses
CON-ESW-
AEMAILS
$750
IPCE-BCOL-SVR CCE Basic Web
Software License
$1,500

Upgrades included
in agent licenses
CON-ESW-BCOLS $225
IPCE-ACOL-SVR CCE Advanced Web
Software License
in agent licenses
CON-ESW-ACOLS $375
IPCE-UEMAIL-SVR CCE E-Mail Interaction
Mgr Server Upgrade
Basic to Advanced
in agent licenses
CON-ESW-
UEMAILS
$750
IPCE-UCOL-SVR CCE Web Interaction
Mgr Server Upgrade
Basic to Advanced
in agent licenses
CON-ESW-UCOLS $375
CC Enterprise Agent
IPCE-STDAGT-L CC ENTERPRISE
STANDARD AGENT
$1,100 UCSS-CCE-ST-1-1 $88 CON-ESW-
IPESTDAG
$110
IPCE-ENHAGT-L

CC
ENTERPRISEENHAN
CED AGENT
$1,500 UCSS-CCE-EN-1-
1
$120

CON-ESW-
IPEENHAG
$150
IPCE-PREMAGT-L

CC ENTERPRISE
PREMIUM AGENT
$1,700

UCSS-CCE-PR-1-
1
$136

CON-ESW-
IPEPREAG
$160

IPCE-CRMAGT-L CC ENTERPRISE
CRM AGENT
$2,100 UCSS-CCE-CR-1-
1
$168 CON-ESW-
IPCECRMA
$210
IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L

CC ENTERPRISE
UPGR FROM STD TO
ENH AGENT
$500

UCSS-CCE-EN-1-
1
$120

CON-ESW-
IPEENHAG
$150
IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L

CC ENTERPRISE
UPGR FROM ENH TO
PREM AGENT
$250

UCSS-CCE-PR-1-
1

$136 CON-ESW-
IPEPREAG
$160

IPCE-UPGCRMAGT-L IPCC ENTERPRISE
UPGRADE PREMIUM
TO CRM AGENT
LICENSE
$600 UCSS-CCE-CR-1-
1
$168 CON-ESW-
IPCECRMA
$210
IPCE-SIEBELCRM-M Migrate Existing CRM
Connector to Cisco
Siebel Connector
$600 UCSS-CCE-CR-1-
1
$168 CON-ESW-
IPCECRMA
$210
IPCE-SAPCRM-M Migrate Existing CRM
Connector to Cisco
SAP Connector
$600 UCSS-CCE-CR-1-
1
$168 CON-ESW-
IPCECRMA
$210
IPCE-DIALPORT-L CC ENTERPRISE
OUTBOUND DIALER
PORT
$600

UCSS-CCE-DP-1-
1
$48 CON-ESW-
IPEDIALP
$60

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
($US)
(i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L

CCE Basic E-Mail
Interaction Mgr Agent
License
$1,500

UCSS-BEMAIL-1 $270 CON-ESW-
BEMAILA
$176
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L

CCE Advanced E-Mail
License
$2,500

UCSS-AEMAIL-1 $450 CON-ESW-
AEMAILA
$281
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L

CCE Basic Web
License
$1,000

UCSS-BWEB-1 $180 CON-ESW-BCOLA $176
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L

CCE Advanced Web
License
$1,500

UCSS-AWEB-1 $270 CON-ESW-ACOLA $264
IPCE-UEMAIL-AGT-L

CCE E-Mail Interaction
Mgr Agent Upgrade
Basic to Advanced
$1,100

UCSS-AEMAIL-1 $450 CON-ESW-
UEMAILA
$281
IPCE-UCOL-AGT-L CCE Web Interaction
Mgr Agent Upgrade
Basic to Advanced
$550 UCSS-AWEB-1 $270 CON-ESW-UCOLA $264

IPCE-BEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Basic EIM + WIM
Agent
$2,100 UCSS-BL-BEW-1 $378 CON-ESW-
IPCEBWE
$210
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Advanced EIM + WIM
Agent
$2,900 UCSS-BL-AEW-1 $520 CON-ESW-
IPCEAEWT
$290
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Premium Voice + Basic
EIM Agent
$2,300 UCSS-BL-PVBE-1 $290 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVBL
$230
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
WIM Agent
$2,000 UCSS-BL-PVBW-1 $230 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVB
$200
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
EIM + WIM Agent
$2,500 UCSS-BL-PVBEW-
1
$355 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVL
$250
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Premium Voice +
Advanced EIM Agent
$2,900 UCSS-BL-PVAE-1 $420 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVAL
$290
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Premium Voice +
Advanced WIM Agent
$ 2,300 UCSS-BL-PVAW-1 $300 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVAW
$230
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Premium Voice +
Advanced EIM + WIM
Agent
$ 3,300 UCSS-BL-PVAEW-
1
$505 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVA
$330
IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Upgrade Add Basic
Email to Premium
Agent
$850 UCSS-BL-PVBE-1 $290 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVBL
$230
IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Upgrade Add Basic
$500 UCSS-BL-PVBW-1 $230 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVB
$200
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Upgrade Add
Advanced Email to
Premium Agent
$1,500 UCSS-BL-PVAE-1 $420 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVAL
$290
IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L CCE Blended License
Upgrade Add
Advanced Web to
Premium Agent
$850 UCSS-BL-PVAW-1 $300 CON-ESW-
IPCEPVAW
$230
CCE Agent for use with Contact Center Management Portal

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
($US)
(i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
IPCE-PORTALAGT-L Upgrade Individual
IPCE Agent for use with
CCMP
$150 Included within
IPCE Enterprise
voice Agent UCSS
SKUs defined
above

Included within
IPCE Enterprise
voice Agent
Operate Services
SKUs defined
above.

CC-UPG-BUNDLE Customer Collaboration
Upgrade Offer Top level
SKU
$0 N/A N/A
IPCE-AGENTSUPG
UCC Enterprise Agent
Licenses Upgrade $0
N/A N/A
IPCE-STDAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE
STANDARD AGENT
UPGRADE $365
UCSS-CCE-ST-3-1 $185
CON-ESW-
IPESTDUP

$110
IPCE-ENHAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE
ENHANCED AGENT
UPGRADE $500
UCSS-CCE-EN-3-1 $252
CON-ESW-
IPEENHUP

$150
IPCE-PREMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE
PREMIUM AGENT
UPGRADE $565
UCSS-CCE-PR-3-1 $286
CON-ESW-
IPEAGTUP

$160

IPCE-CRMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE
CRM AGENT LICENSE
UPGRADE $700
UCSS-CCE-CR-3-1
subselection:
UCSS-SBLCRM-3-1
$353

$0
CON-ESW-
IPECRMUP

$210
IPCE-DIALPORTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE
OUTBOUND DIALER
PORT UPGRADE $200
UCSS-CCE-DP-3-1 $101
CON-ESW-
IPDIALUP

$60
Exony Product Licenses
IPCE-EXONY-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart
Concurrent Agent -
Simplex
$180
Purchased through Exony
IPCE-EXONY-A-S
Exony VIM Standard
Concurrent Agent -
Simplex
IPCE-
EXONY-
A-S
IPCE-EXONY-A-P
Exony VIM
Performance
Concurrent Agent -
Simplex
IPCE-
EXONY-
A-P
Add on Options
High Availability

IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-
DM
Exony VIM Datamart
Concurrent Agent -
High Avail
IPCE-
EXONY-
HA-A-
DM

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
($US)
(i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S
Exony VIM Standard
Concurrent Agent -
High Avail
IPCE-
EXONY-
HA-A-S
Upgrade Options Purchased through Exony
IPCE-EXONY-UP-S Upgrade from VIM
Datamart to VIM
Standard
$60
IPCE-EXONY-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM
Standard to VIM
Performance
$240
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-S Upgrade from VIM
Datamart to VIM
Standard - High Avail
$15
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM
Standard to VIM
Performance - High
Avail
$60
ALI Solutions Product Licenses
IPCE-ONQPORT-L ALI OnQ Port for CCE $1600
Purchased through ALI Solutions
IPCE-
ONQADDONPRT-L
ALI OnQ Port for UCCE
Add On & Packaged
CCE
$1600
IPCE-ONQSVR ALI OnQ Enterprise
Server License
$50,000
CC Enterprise Non-Production Licenses
IPCE-NPSENT-EC CC ENTERPRISE Non-
Production Suite
Customer
$25,000 Upgrades are covered under
the production system license

IPCE-NPSENT-CP CC ENTERPRISE Non-
production Suite ATP
Partners
$0

Not available
IPCE-NPSENT-DART= CC ENTERPRISE Non-
Production Suite ATP
Partners
$200 Not available
IPCE-MC-NFR-DART CCEH EIM-WIM NON-
PRODUCTION SUITE
FOR PARTNERS VIA
DART
$200 Not available
IPCE-MC-NFR-DISTRI CCEH EIM-WIM NON-
PRODUCTION SUITE
FOR PARTNERS VIA
DISTRIBUTION
$0 Not available
IPCE-MC-NFR-EC CCEH EIM-WIM NON-
PRODUCTION SUITE
FOR END
CUSTOMERS
$5000 Upgrades are covered under
the production system license

Notes:
! (i) Unified Communications Software Subscription is available in 1, 2, 3 and 5-
year contracts. Shown are only the product codes for 1-year contracts. To find the
product codes for other contract durations replace the first -1 with -2, -3 or -5.
Also available are monthly contract, intended for synchronizing end dates or
multiple contracts. Details on Unified Communications Software Subscription can
be found

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
here:http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/technology/ipc/announcements/26m
ay06.html
! Unified Communications Software Subscription is not available for Unified E-Mail
Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager. Pricing for major
upgrades will be available when those upgrades are announced.
! (ii): Operate Services are available in different types. The product code and prices
shown here are for Essential Operate ServicesSoftware only. Other variants
have different product codes (the -ESW- in the product code is replaced with
something else) and pricing. Details can be found here:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/svcs/ps2961/ps2664/service_annou
ncement0900aecd8054c7ca.html

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
6. Ci sco Packaged Contact Center
Enterpri se (Packaged CCE)
This section provides licensing and ordering information for the Packaged Contact
Center Enterprise solution.
6.1 About Packaged CCE
Packaged CCE provides a pre-packaged single server
10
contact center solution for
contact centers up to 1000 agents, by delivering Unified Contact Center Enterprise with
Unified Customer Voice Portal and Unified Communication Manager in a virtualized
environment. It offers easier ordering, bundled pricing, simplified deployment and
management resulting in reduced pre-sales and post-sales cycles. This new package
easily gets a voice solution up and running for a customer, while offering the ability to
add other options as needed. For more information on Packaged CCE go to:
https://communities.cisco.com/community/partner/collaboration/contactcenter/atp/project
s/packaged-cce
6.2 Overview of Packaged CCE Ordering and Licensing
Packaged CCE offers simplified ordering with a single bundle SKU that contains the
hardware and software parts required to build a Packaged CCE deployment. The bundle
simplifies ordering by requiring the selection of only a handful of SKUs by the user and
automatically including the rest. It is designed to build a rich voice contact center solution
by providing a core set of contact center functionalitycall processing, prompting and
self-service application scripting, voice response collection, agent selection, queuing, and
reporting.
The table below lists the Packaged CCE Bundle SKU:
Product Numbers Descri pti on
CCE-PAC-BUNDLE Packaged CCE Bundle SKU
Note: All orders for new deployments must be built using this top level SKU.
Packaged CCE bundle consists of the following required and optional components:
! Required Packaged CCE Licenses and Components
1. Packaged Server License
2. Packaged CCE Version
3. Packaged Agent Licenses
4. Unified Computing System (UCS) C-series server
! Optional Packaged CCE Licenses
1. Unified Communication Manager Enhanced User License
The sections below explain each of these components. Also, a sample BOM is provided
as a reference for an order created using this bundle, published here:

10
Two servers required for redundancy

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
https://communities.cisco.com/community/partner/collaboration/contactcenter/atp/project
s/packaged-cce
6. 2. 1 Requi red Packaged CCE Li censes
Each Packaged CCE deployment requires one Packaged Server license, the desired
number of Packaged Agent licenses, and deployment specific UCS-C series servers.
6.2.1.1 Packaged CCE Server Licenses
Packaged CCE has well defined deployments and for convenience the deployment
model is matched to the Packaged Server SKU. Each Packaged CCE system requires
the purchase of one (1) Packaged CCE Server license.
6.2.1.1.1 CCE-PAC-M1
CCE-PAC-M1 is the initial model of Packaged CCE, supporting up to 1000 agents. This
license entitles the user to deploy all of the necessary components required for
1) Unified CCE Server components:
! One (1) Redundant CCE Call Server
11

! One (1) Redundant CCE Data Server
! Optional one(1) Redundant Historical Database server(s) on external
servers
2) Unified CVP Server components
Two (2) Redundant CVP Call Servers
3) Unified Intelligence Center components
One (1) Redundant Unified Intelligence Center Standard
4) Finesse Server components
One (1) Redundant Finesse Server
5) Unified CCE Outbound Option components
One Hundred (100) Outbound Dialer Ports
6) Unified Call Studio
Two (2) workstation licenses for Unified Call Studio
Packaged Server SKU also includes the relevant media kits for the following products:
Unified Contact Center Enterprise
Unified Customer Voice Portal
Unified Intelligence Center

11
Refer to Packaged CCE Specifications guide for definition of CCE Call Server and CCE Data
Server

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Finesse
There is no need to order separate media kits.
The table below lists the Packaged CCE Server License and price.
Product
Number
($US)
Software
Subscri pti on
Operate Servi ces
Product
Code
Li st Pri ce
($US)
Product
Code
Li st Pri ce
($US)
CCE-PAC-M1 CCE and CVP
Deployment
Package M1
$15,000 Upgrades
included in
agent
licenses
CON-ESW-
CCEPACM
$1,500

6.2.1.2 Packaged CCE Version
As described in the previous section, Packaged CCE bundle automatically includes the
required media. With Packaged CCE 10.0 release, user will have the option to select the
Packaged CCE 9.0 media kit or the Packaged CCE 10.0 media kit by selecting one of
the following SKUs
12

($US)
CCE-PAC-M1-V9.X Media kit for Unified CCE 9.0, Unified CVP 9.0, Unified
Intelligence Center 9.x, Finesse 9.x
$0
CCE-PAC-M1-V10.X Media kit for Unified CCE 10.0, Unified CVP 10.0, Unified
Intelligence Center 10.0, Finesse 10.0
$0

6.2.1.3 Packaged CCE Agent Licenses
Packaged CCE offers Packaged Agent SKUs that is a bundled SKU offering a price
advantage over the a-la-carte SKUs for standard Unified Contact Center Enterprise.
Each Packaged CCE Agent entitles the user to:
One (1) Premium CCE Agent
One (1) redundant CVP queue or self-service port
For instance, if you ordered 325 units of Packaged Agent, then you would be entitled to
325 concurrent logged in Premium CCE agents along with 325 CVP ports and 325
redundant CVP ports for queuing or self-service.
For CCE-PAC-M1 deployment, the minimum number of agents required is 25 and the
maximum number of agents allowed is 1000.
Packaged Agent SKU can be used only for Packaged CCE deployments. It cannot be
used for general Unified Contact Center Enterprise deployments. Vice versa, a-la-carte
CCE agent and CVP port SKUs mentioned in other chapters of this guide cannot be used
with Packaged CCE deployments.
The table below lists the Packaged Agent License and price.

12
This option will be available upon Packaged CCE 10.0 release

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Product
Number
($US)
Software
Subscri pti on
Operate Servi ces
Product
Code
Li st Pri ce
($US)
Product
Code
Li st Pri ce
($US)
CCE-PAC-
AGENT
CCE Packaged
Agent
$1,930 UCSS-CCE-
PACAGT-1Y
$154 CON-ESW-
CCEPAGE
$204
6.2.1.4 Unified Computing System (UCS) C-series server
Packaged CCE deployments require a specific model of Cisco Unified Computing
System (UCS) C-series server for each deployment model.
6.2.1.4.1 Servers for CCE-PAC-M1 model
For CCE-PAC-M1 model, two (2) Cisco UCS C260 M2 servers are required, one for each
side for redundancy. These servers are included in the Packaged bundle for ordering
convenience.
The table below lists the UCS C260 M2 server SKU and price.
($US)
UCS-C260M2-VCD2 UCS C260 M2 Rack Server w/ 2-E72870, 16x 2x4GB DDR $ 50,953
The ordering tool provides the option to select region specific power cables, select as
appropriate for your region.
The detailed specification of UCS C260 M2 can be found on the Cisco Unified
Communications on the Cisco Unified Computing System page located at:
www.cisco.com/go/swonly
6.2.1.4.2 UCS-C Server Support and Warranty Options
There are various warranty options available for UCS-C series servers. Refer to UCS-C
Support and Warranty links below for more details:
Limited Hardware Warranty:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/prod_warranties_listing.html#~additional_warranty
Support and Warranty Services:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10321/serv_home.html
Pricing Tool for Support and Warranty Options:
https://tools.cisco.com/qtc/pricing/MainServlet?Request=ShowCurrentPriceSrch
In the pricing tool, search for Product Family: UC Plus or UC Support.
6. 2. 2 Opti onal Packaged CCE Li censes
The Packaged bundle SKU offers licenses for certain components that are required to
build the solution, however these licenses may be procured from other means too.
Hence, it is optional to procure these licenses via the Packaged bundle.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
6.2.2.1 Unified Communication Manager Enhanced User License
Cisco Unified Communication Manager offers various licensing schemes. As a
convenience, the Enhanced User License, which is suitable for Contact Center agent
devices, is offered as part of the Packaged bundle. The part numbers of Unified
Communication Manager that are mapped to Packaged bundle are listed in the table
below and can be used to order Unified Communication Manager media kit and
Enhanced User License (Tier A) for agent devices.
Product
Number
Description List Price
($US)
Software Subscription Operate Services
Product
Code
List Price
($US)
Product
Code
List Price ($US)
CUCM-USR-
LIC-BUND
Top Level SKU
for Packaged
CCE Bundle
$0 - -
LIC-CUCM-9X-
USR-A
UC Manager
Enhanced User
License Option
A
$210
UCSS-UCM-
ENH-A-1-1
$12
CON-ESW-
EUSRA1
$10
CUCM-VERS-
9.0
UC Manager
9.0 Server
Software Media
$0 - -
Note: if you already have licenses for agent devices or plan to procure them using a
different licensing scheme then you dont need to order Unified Communications
Manager via the Packaged bundle.
Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Solutions Ordering Guide for more details as well
as information on other licensing schemes.
6.3 Optional Features Licenses
Packaged CCE also offers some options that are available within or outside the
packaged licensing bundle. The licenses for these options need to be purchased
separately and the feature must be deployed as per the design and sizing rules in the
Packaged CCE specification. These features include:
Additional Outbound Option Dialer Ports(for customers requiring more than the
100 ports that are included)
o Use the Unified CCE Outbound Option Dialer Port License.
Email Interaction Manager and Web Interaction Manager
o Ordering from within Packaged CCE bundle (CCE-PAC-BUNDLE)
13

" For ordering convenience, SKUs required for adding
Advanced Email (IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L) and Advanced Web
(IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L) to Packaged CCE are available
within the Packaged CCE bundle. An additional advantage is
that when ordering these SKUs from the Packaged CCE
bundle (CCE-PAC-BUNDLE), Email or Web Server licenses
(IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR or IPCE-ACOL-SVR) are not required.
o Ordering using a-la-carte SKUs

13
This option is scheduled to be available soon

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
" Either Basic or Advanced license can be used but both cannot
be mixed.
" Blended Agent license usage:
Blended Agent licenses with both Email and Web
can be used with Packaged CCE. These are IPCE-
BEW-AGT-L and IPCE-AEW-AGT-L.
Upgrade from Premium Voice to Blended Email or
Web can also be used with Packaged CCE. These
are IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L, IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L,
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L, and IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L.
However, Blended Agent licenses with Voice along
with Email or Web cannot be used with Packaged
CCE, such as IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L or IPCE-PVBW-
AGT-L. In order to have blended Packaged CCE
agents with web and/or email, you need to purchase
regular Packaged CCE agent licenses and add the
blended web and/or email licenses, as per bullet
points above.
Intelligence Center Premium Edition
CRM Agent License Upgrade for CRM Seibel Connector
o Use the Unified CCE Upgrade Premium To CRM Agent License.
CVP Reporting Server
o Either Standard or Premium version can be used.
SocialMiner
Additional Call Studio Licenses
Options sold under SolutionsPlus program
o See Packaged CCE specification for any restrictions.
Refer to respective chapters in this guide for licensing structure and ordering information
for these components. For more information on supported options and configuration refer
to the Packaged CCE specification published here:
http://cisco.com/en/US/products/ps12586/tsd_products_support_series_home.html
6.4 Add-On Licenses
6. 4. 1 Addi ti onal Agents
To order additional Packaged Agent licenses for existing Packaged CCE deployments,
you need to use the following top-level SKU:
Product Numbers Descri pti on

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
CCE-PAC-ADDON Packaged CCE Add-Ons
This top level SKU contains the same Packaged Agent SKU option CCE-PAC-AGENT
as mentioned above but does contain other packaged licenses such as server licensing,
etc. as they are not required for add-on licenses.
Note: you can use only the Packaged Agent SKU to add more CCE agents and CVP
ports to Packaged CCE deployments. A-la-carte CCE agent and CVP port SKUs
mentioned in other chapters of this guide cannot be used with Packaged CCE
deployments.
6.5 Migration Options
There is no program to migrate in or out of Packaged CCE from Unified CCX or Unified
CCE deployments. Cisco may choose to run special promotions from time to time, which
will be communicated outside this guide. In general, use the following guidelines.
6. 5. 1 From Uni fi ed CCX to Packaged CCE or vi ce-versa
Customer needing to migrate from Unified CCX to Packaged CCE can do so by
procuring new Packaged CCE licenses and vice-versa. There is no program for
migration. Standard discounting practices may be followed.
6. 5. 2 From Uni fi ed CCE to Packaged CCE
Customer needing to migrate from Unified CCE to Packaged CCE can do if the following
conditions are met
1) The new deployment meets all requirements as listed in the Packaged CCE
Specification document.
2) The customer must have CCE Premium Agents
3) The customer must have redundant CVP ports licenses that are at least as
many as the number of agents. For instance, if customer has 100 Premium CCE
agents, they must have at least 100 CVP ports and 100 CVP redundant ports.
4) The deployment cannot exceed the capacity of the Packaged CCE Specification
even if the customer has excess license.
6. 5. 3 From Packaged CCE to Uni fi ed CCE
Customer needing to migrate from Packaged CCE to Unified CCE can do it with their
existing Packaged CCE licenses. However, they must adhere to Unified CCE SRND
guidelines as they migrate their deployment. Their Packaged Server license CCE-PAC-
M1 will entitle them for one (1) CCE Server license, two (2) redundant CVP Server
licenses, one (1) redundant CUIC Standard license, one (1) redundant Finesse Server
license, and two (2) Call Studio licenses. Their Packaged Agent license CCE-PAC-
AGENT will entitle them for equivalent number of CCE Premium agents and redundant
CVP self-service ports. Additional a-la-carte Unified CCE or CVP licenses can be
procured after migration.
Below are the typical reasons to migrate from Packaged CCE to Unified CCE:
1) The deployment needs to exceed the capacity of Packaged CCE, such as
number of concurrent agents, etc.
2) The deployment requires a feature or option not available with Packaged CCE,

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
such as IP-IVR, etc.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
7. Ci sco Fi nesse
This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco Finesse. Cisco
Finesse is available for Unified CCE customers.
7.1 Cisco Finesse for Unified CCE customers
Unified CCE customers who require Cisco Finesse must purchase the Finesse server
and media kit.
CCEH-FINESSE-SVR-L Finesse Server HA Pair. This single sku includes the software
and license to run a pair of Finesse servers.
$1,000
CCEH-FINESSE10X-K9 Media Kit for Finesse 10.x $100
CCEH-FINESSE90-K9 Media Kit for Finesse 9.x $30

When a customer purchases a Unified CCE Premium Agent license, they are entitled to
use either, Cisco Finesse, CTI-OS, or Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD) with that seat license.
Details on ordering seat licenses are available in Section 5.1.1.2.
UCSS for Cisco Finesse is covered via the UCSS on the Unified CCE agent licenses.
Cisco Finesse does not include license key enforcement.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
8. Ci sco Soci al Mi ner
This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco SocialMiner.
SocialMiner is available for both Unified CCX and Unified CCE customers or as a
standalone offer.
Note: When ordering SocialMiner, first search via IPCE-BUNDLE then IPCE-SVR-
ADDON to locate the SocialMiner product numbers.
8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX customers
Unified CCX customers who require SocialMiner must purchase the SocialMiner server
and media kit:

CCEH-CCP-SVR-LIC SocialMiner Server $1,000
CCEH-SM-V100-K9= CCX 10.0 Qty 1 SocialMiner Media Kit - NO LICENSES $100
CCEH-SMMEDIA90-K9= CCX 9.0 Qty 1 SocialMiner Media Kit - NO LICENSES $100

SocialMiner functionality is included in the Unified CCX Premium Agent license. Any
user signed into Unified CCX may also be signed into SocialMiner without requiring an
additional user license. If there are additional SocialMiner users who do not have Unified
CCX licenses, a Unified CCX Premium Agent License must be purchased for each
additional signed in user.
Cisco Unified Intelligence Center must be purchased to provide reporting for SocialMiner.
UCSS for SocialMiner is covered via the UCSS on the Unified CCX agent licenses.
SocialMiner 9.0 does not include license key enforcement.
8.2 SocialMiner for Unified CCE customers
Unified CCE customers who require SocialMiner must purchase the SocialMiner server
and media kit

CCEH-SMMEDIA100-K9= Media Kit for SocialMiner 10.0 $100
CCEH-SMMEDIA90-K9 Media Kit for SocialMiner 9.0 $100

SocialMiner functionality is included in the Unified CCE Premium Agent license. Any

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
user signed into Unified CCE may also be signed into SocialMiner without requiring an
additional user license. If there are additional SocialMiner users who do not have
Unified CCE licenses, a Unified CCE Premium Agent License (any type) must be
purchased for each additional signed in user.
Customers that already have Cisco Unified Intelligence Center may use their existing
system.
UCSS for SocialMiner is covered via the UCSS on the Unified CCE agent licenses.
8.3 Standalone SocialMiner
Standalone SocialMiner customers must purchase the SocialMiner server and media kit:

CCEH-SMMEDIA100-K9= Media Kit for SocialMiner 10.0 $100
CCEH-SMMEDIA90-K9 Media Kit for SocialMiner 9.0 $100

A Unified CCE premium agent license must be purchased for each simultaneously
logged in SocialMiner user (you must purchase at least one agent license to use the
system).
UCSS for SocialMiner is covered via the UCSS on the Unified CCE agent licenses.
8.4 SocialMiner Non-Production Suites
SocialMiner is included in both the customer and partner versions of the Unified CCE
Non-Production Suite.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
9. Ci sco Uni fi ed I CM Enterpri se (Uni fi ed
I CME)
This section describes the licensing structure and ordering of Unified ICM Enterprise.
This first subsection describes the licensing structure and orderable components. The
second subsection describes details on how to order these components.
9.1 Overview of Unified ICME Licensing
Unified ICM Enterprise licensing consists of three primary licensing components:
! A license for each Peripheral Gateway that connects an ACD to the ICM system
! Various types of Agent licenses, depending on the required functionality
! Various types of Desktop application licenses (optional)
These three licenses include all functions required for a regular Unified ICM Enterprise
system, such as reporting, pre-routing, database integrations, etc. and all software
components required to perform these functions such as, router, logger, PGs,
administrative workstation, CTI OS Server, CTI Desktop software, etc. Details are
described below in section 6.1.1.
There are some additional licenses that may be required depending on additional
functions. These licenses are:
! Licenses to connect a third party (non-Cisco) VRU to the ICM
! ICM Blind and Consultative Network Transfer license
! Non-production licenses
These licenses are described in section 6.1.2 below.
There are also other licenses and components that may be used in combination with ICM
Enterprise that are described elsewhere in this guide:
! Unified Customer Voice Portal (CVP)
! MCS Servers
! Unified Contact Center Enterprise (CCE)
9. 1. 1 Pri mary Uni fi ed I CME Li censes
Each Unified ICM Enterprise system requires at least one ACD Peripheral Gateway (PG)
license and one or more Agent licenses.
Note: For licensing requirements in atypical cases where no TDM ACD is connected
to the ICM, see below in section 6.5.
A Unified ICM system licensed by at least an ACD PG and an ICM Agent license

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
includes the following functionality:
! Monitor ACD (call and agent) activity
! Call routing, including pre-routing from a carrier network and post-routing from an
ACD
! Reporting tools
! Configuration tools
! Interfaces to external applications and databases
! Redundant deployment of all licensed components
! Integrations through the ICM CTI interfaces with third-party devices that are not
intended for agent desktop usage. Examples are wallboards, recorders.
! Connections to Cisco IVR systems (IP IVR and CVP) and all related functions a
Unified ICM system can perform, such as monitoring, reporting and routing.
Some Agent and Desktop licenses provide additional functionality. This is described in
the remaining subsections of 6.1.1 .
Expressed in terms of the software components licensed, the following components are
included in a Unified ICM system licensed by ACD PG and Agent licenses:
! Router
! Logger
! ACD Peripheral Gateway (PG)
! IVR PG (only for connection to Cisco IVR systems CVP and IP IVR)
! Administrative Workstation
! Historical Database server
! Internet Script Editor (ISE) server and ISE user connections
! SQL Gateway and Application Gateway
! NICs (AT&T, Sprint, MCI, Stentor, CRSP , GKTMP)
14

! Sigtran SS7 (AT&T and INAP NICs)
! CTI Server (only for non-agent desktop application)
Other Unified ICM components (such as CTI OS Server and Email Interaction Manager)
are licensed by certain specific Agent and Desktop licenses. This is described in
sections 6.1.1.4 and beyond.
With the exception of ACD PGs (and the related CTI Servers), the licensing does not
provide a hard quantity limit to the number of components deployed. The number of
components deployed should be reasonable for the quantity of ACD PGs and Agents
licensed. Examples:
! A customer with 20 ACD PG licenses and 4000 Agent licenses, could deploy a
single ICM system with 20 PGs and 4000 agents, but would also be licensed to

14
Pricing for other, specialized NICs, such as INAP NICs to connect to the Cisco PGW and other
carrier switches, is available on request from CCBU Product Management at ccbu-
pricing@cisco.com

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
deploy 2 ICM systems instead, for example one ICM system with 8 PGs and 400
agents and another ICM system with 12 PGs and 3600 agents.
A customer with a licensed ICM system may connect the Unified ICM system to
any number of supported carrier networks for pre-routing without additional
licenses.
Note: Starting with UCCE 8.5(1), WebView will be disabled and not supported. Users are
required to migrate to Cisco Unified Intelligence Center (CUIC). Please see Chapter
12 for more information.
9.1.1.1 IPCC Gateway (CC Gateway) PG Licenses
This CC Gateway licenses a Child Contact Center Express or Contact Center
Enterprise system to connect to a parent ICM for enterprise-wide routing and reporting.
ICME-PG-IPCCEE CC GATEWAY FOR CC ENTERPRISE $20,000.00
ICME-PG-IPCCEX CC GATEWAY FOR CC EXPRESS $10,000.00

Notes:
! A single IPCC Gateway license allows for redundant implementation (A and B
side).
! ICM Agent and Desktop licenses are not required with the IPCC
Gateway License
! An IPCC Gateway license is required for each Child IPCC System connected to
the ICM.
9.1.1.2 ACD PG Licenses
There are 16 different ACD PG (peripheral gateway) licenses for the different types of
ACD the Unified ICM system can connect to. The following table lists them:
ICME-PG-01 ICM ENTERPRISE ALCATEL 4400 PG $50,000.00
ICME-PG-02 ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT CALL CENTER PG $50,000.00
ICME-PG-03 ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT CONTACT SERVER PG $50,000.00
ICME-PG-04 ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS PG $50,000.00
ICME-PG-05 ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS-LESS PG $50,000.00
ICME-PG-08 ICM ENTERPRISE NEX NEAX 2400/7400 PG $50,000.00
ICME-PG-11 ICM ENTERPRISE NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG (INCLUDING AAS) $70,000.00
ICME-PG-11-SEI= ICM ENTERPRISE NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG - AAS OPTION $20,000.00
ICME-PG-13 ICM ENTERPRISE ROCKWELL SPECTRUM PG $50,000.00

Notes:
! A single ACD PG license allows for redundant implementation of a PG (A and B
side).
! An ACD PG license is required for each connected ACD, even if multiple ACDs

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
(with different IP addresses) are connecting to the same physical PG server
machine.
! It is not possible to change or exchange one type of ACD PG license into another
type of ACD PG license. For example, when a customer is migrating from Aspect
Call Center to Aspect Contact Server, he can no longer use his Aspect Call
Center PG licenses and will need to acquire new Aspect Contact Server licenses.
! For details on the supported ACDs, see:
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/icm/icmentpr/acddoc/index.htm
! The price for a Nortel Symposium ACD PG is different from the other PGs. This is
because it comes bundled with the Automated Administrator for Symposium tool
(AAS). Older Nortel Symposium PGs (ordered before January 2006) do not
include this tool.
! Nortel Symposium PGs purchased before January 2006 can be upgraded to
include AAS by ordering ICME-PG-11-SEI= for $20,000. Note that AAS is
supported on ICM 5.0 and later with Symposium 5.0 and later. Verify required
Service Releases and patches on both products in the AAS product
documentation.

9.1.1.3 Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
All agent licenses are based on concurrently logged-in agents. Agents need a license
when they are logged-in, independent whether they are on a call or not. Other users,
such as Administrative Workstation or Internet Script Editor users, are not licensed
separately.
There are two types of ICM Enterprise Agent licenses for voice applications:
! Regular Agent (ICME-REGAGT-Tx). This license is for traditional ICM
functionality, where the ICM monitors individual agents, but routes only to the skill
group level, and leaves the individual agent selection to the third-party ACD. The
license provides all Unified ICME capabilities for that, but not the optional Agent
Desktop CTI integration, which is licensed separately, see section 6.1.1.4. A
Regular Agent license is required for each peripheral connection to any of the
ACD PGs listed in section 6.1.1.2. Most commonly these are ACD agents logged
into the ACD, but it could also be other types of connections, for example IVR
ports that are managed through an ACD PG. Examples:
1. For agents, a Regular Agent license is required for each agent that is logged
on to the ACD and monitored by the ICME through a PG.
2. For other peripheral connections, a Regular Agent license is required for
each peripheral connection to the ACD that is monitored by the ICME through
a PG.
! ARI (Agent Routing Integration) Agent (ICME-ARIAGT-Tx): This license is for
an integration model where the ICM performs the ACD function on top of a third-
party PBX or ACD. The ICM performs agent level routing, queuing (optionally),
reporting and supervisor functions. The license provides all Unified ICME
capabilities for ARI, but not the required Agent Desktop CTI integration, which is

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
licensed separately, see section 6.1.1.4. An ARI Agent license is required for
each simultaneously logged in agent. At this time ARI Agent licenses are
available for the Avaya ACD. An Avaya PG license (ICME-LG-04 or -05) is
required to connect the ICM to the Avaya ACD. In case ARI Agent licenses are
used in combination with another ACD for which a third-party sells the interface,
no PG license is required. Contact CCBU product management via ccbu-
pricing@cisco.com for assistance in quoting such a solution.
Migration license from Regular Agent licenses to ARI Agent licenses are available
(ICME-ARIAGT-M).
Notes:
! CTI integrations that only read events and do not log agents in through the CTI
interfaces are allowed under these licenses. Examples are recorders, wallboards.
! Regular Agent licenses can be used with any supported ACD PG. For example a
customer moving from a Nortel to an Avaya ACD can retain their Regular Agent
licenses and only purchase new (Avaya) PG licenses.
! ARI Agent licenses are specific to a type of third-party ACD and PG license. At
this time that is only the Avaya ACD. If in the future other third-party ACDs will be
supported for ARI integration, the migration license is required to move the ARI
Agent licenses from one type of ACD/PG to another.
Regular and ARI Agent licenses are available in 4 tiers, depending on the quantity
ordered. The tiers are:
Ti er Order si ze Pri ce l evel
Tier 1 Orders of less than 200 Base price
Tier 2 Orders of 200 or more and less than 500 80% of base price
Tier 3 Orders of 500 or more and less than 1,000 65% of base price
Tier 4 Orders of 1,000 or more 50% of base price

The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Agent licenses for voice applications and their
list prices.
($US)
Opti ons
Regul ar Agent
ICME-REGAGT-T1 REGULARICM ENTERPRISE AGENT TIER 1 $1,000.00 Select Desktop license
ICME-REGAGT-T2 REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT TIER2 $800.00
ARI Agent
ICME-ARIAGT-T1 ARI AGENT TIER 1 $1,000.00 Select Desktop license
Select ACD type
ICME-ARIAGT-T2 ARI AGENT TIER2 $800.00
Mi grati on from Regul ar to ARI Agent

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
Opti ons
ICME-ARIAGT-M MIGRATION FROM REGULAR ERI OR OTHER
ARI TO ARI
$600.00 Select Desktop license
Select ACD type

9.1.1.4 Desktop licenses
The Desktop licenses allow the agent to use a desktop application that allows him to log
in/out, control state changes, call control and screen pops with data. The following
license options are available in this category:
CTI Toolkit allows the use of the CTI Server socket interface or the CTI Toolkit SDK
to either run an out of the box desktop that is provided or customize a desktop or
build a custom desktop or build a server to server integration with another desktop
application. A license is required for each agent that is logged in through the CTI
Server or CTI Toolkit interfaces.
CRM Connector desktop licenses allow the use of Cisco Unified CRM Connector for
Siebel. A license is required for each agent that is logged in through the CRM
application. Note that the SAP CRM Connector (which is available for Contact
Center Enterprise and Hosted) is not available for ICM.

($US)
Opti ons
Desktop l i censes
ICME-CTITOOLKIT CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular or ARI Agent $900.00
ICME-SIEBELCRM ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular ERI or ARI
Agent
$1,300.00

Notes:
! A CTI Toolkit Desktop license is required for all CTI desktop integrations that log
an agent in even if there is no Cisco software used on the desktop, for example in
server-to-server integrations.
! A Desktop license is required for ARI Agent licenses, but optional for Regular
Agent licenses
! For up to date information on which CTI option is available on a particular third
party ACD, see the Supported ACD Matrix, published here:
http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/icm/icmentpr/acddoc/index.htm
9.1.1.5 Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager for Unified ICM Enterprise
Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager licenses (server and agent) for Unified Contact
Center Enterprise may be used with Unified ICM Enterprise. Unified ICME may be used
to route e-mail (from EIM version 4.2 on). However, universal queue is not available in
such a configurationif the same agent is available for e-mail and voice, he or she may
receive both new e-mail and voice tasks simultaneously. Please see section 5.1.1.1.2 for
information on server licenses and section 5.1.1.2.3 for information on agent licenses.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
9.1.1.6 Unified Web Interaction Manager for Unified ICM Enterprise
Unified Web Interaction Manager licenses (server and agent) for Unified Contact Center
Enterprise may be used with Unified ICM Enterprise. Unified ICME may be used to route
chat (from WIM version 4.3 on). However, universal queue will not be available in such a
configuration. Please see section 5.1.1.1.3 for information on server licenses and
section 5.1.1.2.4 for information on agent licenses.
9. 1. 2 Addi ti onal Uni fi ed I CME Li censes and Components
9.1.2.1 Third Party IVR Port Licenses
Third party IVR licenses are required to connect third party (non-Cisco) IVR systems to a
Unified ICM system. It licenses the following functionality (between brackets is the name
of the application interface used on the VRU PG):
! Monitoring of IVR and IVR call status (Data Feed and other interfaces)
! Unified ICME pre-routing calls to IVR with call context data (Call Routing
interface)
! Unified ICME accepting post-routing requests from IVR (Call Routing interface)
! Unified ICME controlling IVR applications for calls at the IVR (Service Control
Interface)
The software component licensed by this license is the VRU Peripheral Gateway and all
of the public interfaces that it offers. Note that there is no separate license for the VRU
PG. For example 400 third Party IVR Port licenses can be used to connect a single 400-
port IVR (using a single, optionally redundant PG) or to connect four separate 100-port
IVR systems (using 4, optionally redundant, PGs).
A third party IVR Port license is required for every third party IVR port monitored or
controlled by the ICM.
Third-party IVR Port licenses are available in 4 tiers, depending on the quantity ordered.
The tiers are:
Ti er Order si ze Pri ce l evel
Tier 1 Orders of less than 200 Base price
Tier 2 Orders of 200 or more and less than 500 85% of base price
Tier 3 Orders of 500 or more and less than 1,000 75% of base price
Tier 4 Orders of 1,000 or more 65% of base price

The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Third Party IVR licenses and their list prices.
I CM Thi rd Party I VR l i censes

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

9.1.2.2 Unified ICM Blind Network Transfer License
Unified ICM Enterprise has the capability to control and execute a blind transfer of a call
that has been pre-routed to an agent from a connected network. This capability requires
a network connection (NIC or IVR) that supports this function. Of the ICM Enterprise
NICs listed in section 6.1.1 only the CRSP NIC supports this feature, since the other
specific carrier networks do not support this feature. The feature is also supported for
networks that are connected through the VRU PG.
This license is a single license per Unified ICM Enterprise system, independent of the
number of ACD PGs, Agents or Third Party IVR Ports licensed.
Notes:
! This license is not required when CVP is used to transfer the call. An ICM
Enterprise Blind Network Transfer license is included with CVP.
! This license is not required in the following cases: 1) when the Unified ICME
system is used to move a call from a VRU that is connected through the Service
Control Interface (this is one of the interfaces available on the VRU PG) to
another destination, such as an agent. This is not considered a transfer. 2) A
transfer request is executed by the ACD or IVR, and the Unified ICME system is
only used to provide the destination for the transfer (normal post-route request)
but the execution (i.e. moving the call) is left to the device requesting the transfer
(i.e. the ACD or IVR). This is not considered a network transfer.
! Unified ICME release 7.x also supports Consultative Network Transfers using
either a CRSP or INAP NIC. This capability requires additional licensing. Please
contact ICM product management if this feature is required.
The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Network Transfer license and its list price.
I CM Enterpri se Network Transfer
ICME-BNT ICM ENTERPRISE BLIND NETWORK TRANSFER $150,000
9. 1. 3 Speci al Uni fi ed I CME Depl oyment Cases
There are several non-standard ICM deployment models that dont fit the standard
licensing models described above. The required licensing for these cases is described in
this section.
9.1.3.1 Unified ICME Systems used as Hybrid CCE-ICME system
In this case the Unified ICME system has third party ACDs connected as well as Cisco
Unified Communications Manager(s) and is therefore a combination of Unified ICM
Enterprise and Unified Contact Center Enterprise. A system like this requires both Unified
ICME and Unified CCE licenses. Unified ICM Enterprise licenses are required for each
connected TDM ACD and all agents on these ACDs. In case the ICM Enterprise Agents
are using Network Transfer capabilities a license for this function is required (note that
such a license is not required for Unified Contact Center Enterprise Agents using this

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
function, as this is included in the Unified CCE Agent licenses). For the Contact Center
Enterprise function a single Unified CC Enterprise Server license is required as well as
CC Enterprise Agent licenses for all Unified CCE agents connected to the Unified
Communications Manager(s).
9.1.3.2 Unified ICME Systems that are connected to a carrier owned and
operated Unified ICM Hosted System
When a company owns and operates a Unified ICM Enterprise system that is connected
to a carriers Unified ICM Hosted system (for pre-routing, Network IVR services, etc.), the
Unified ICM systems should be licensed as a Unified ICM Enterprise system and not as
(part of) a Unified ICM Hosted system. Note that no separate license is required to
connect a Unified ICM Enterprise system to a Unified ICM Hosted system.
Only customers owning NAM licenses or Unified CCH licenses should purchase ICM
Hosted PG and Agent licenses.
9.1.3.3 Unified ICME Systems without any ACD connected
Unified ICM Enterprise systems that are used for atypical functions where no ACD is
connected are licensed as follows:
! Unified ICME systems used to connect to IP IVR and third party IVR systems
only. In this case only Third Party IVR Port licenses are required. These are
described in section 6.1.2.1. Note that for IP IVR this is an exception to the rule
that no Third Party IVR Port licenses are required for IP IVR.
! ICM systems used for simple routing functions using a NIC.
These functions are typically performed as part of a Unified ICM Hosted system in a
carrier environment. The licensing model that is available is: Advanced Services for
customer controlled call routing (section 8.1.1.8)
9.2 Ordering New Unified ICME Systems and Add On Licenses
Almost all orders for new Unified ICM Enterprise systems and add-on orders can and
should be made through a single top level part number: ICME-BUNDLE (note the new
bundle name).
When selected in the ordering tool, this part number will list the following components
that can be ordered:
! Media kits (CD sets)
! ACD PG licenses
! Agent licenses
! Third party IVR licenses
For each of these four items you can only select a quantity of zero (0) or one (1). When
selecting 1, you can then configure the item and select the PGs, agents, etc., in the
required type and quantity, as follows:
! Media kit: Select the desired release. You can order only one ICM media kit at a
time. The media kit will dynamically be composed, based on what licenses are

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
ordered.
Note: Do not select ICM 4.6.2 or ICM 5.0 media kits for a new Unified ICME system.
These kits are provided only for add-on orders, as ICM 4.6.2 and ICM 5.0 are no longer
sold for new systems.
! IPCC Gateway licenses (Unified CC Gateway licenses). Select the number and
type of Unified CC Gateway licenses required
! ACD PG licenses. Select the number and types of ACD PG licenses required.
! ICM Agent licenses. This item contains several Option Classes. Select the
one(s) desired in order to see the selectable Agent licenses. The following Option
Classes are available:
1. ICM Regular Agent. Available in 4 tiers. Note that only the applicable
minimum number of agents can be ordered for each tier. There is a second
level option class for Desktop licenses. It is possible to select no desktop.
You can mix different types of desktops (or no desktop) as long as the total
aligns with the number of Regular ICM Agents selected. For example when
ordering 100 Regular Agent licenses, you can select 50 of those to have the
CTI Toolkit Desktop license and 50 to be Siebel agents. The ordering system
will force you to select a total amount that is equal to the number of Agent
licenses ordered.
2. ARI Agent. Available in 4 tiers. Note that only the applicable minimum
number of agents can be ordered for each tier. There is a second level option
class for Desktop licenses. It is mandatory to order a desktop. There is
another second level option class to select the ACD type for this ARI Agent
license. Note that these ACD type selections are $0 items. It is possible to
mix different types of desktops and ACDs as long as the totals align with the
number of ARI Agents selected. For example when ordering 100 ARI Agent
licenses, you can select 50 of those to have a CTI Toolkit Desktop license
and 50 to be Siebel agents. The ordering system will force you to select a
total amount that is equal to the number of ARI Agent licenses ordered.
3. ICM Multi-channel Agent. This Option Class offers 3 licenses: for E-Mail
Agent and Web Agent. Select any quantity and combination required.
! Third Party IVR licenses. Available in 4 tiers. Note that only the applicable
minimum number of ports can be ordered for each tier.
For convenience the ICME-BUNDLE top-level part also lists some other components that
are optional and can be part of a Unified ICM Enterprise solution:
! ICM Blind Network Transfer license
Order one license per Unified ICM Enterprise system. See section 6.1.2.3 for
details.
! MCS Servers
Select the required models and quantity of MCS Servers for your Unified ICM
Enterprise system. See section 10 of the ordering guide for details.
Note that Non-production licenses (see section 6.5) cannot be ordered as part of an
ICME-BUNDLE. These licenses need to be added separately to an order using the

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
product numbers provided in the sections above.
Unified Communications Software Subscription for ICM Enterprise can be ordered
through the following bundle: UCSS-ICME.
9.3 Upgrades and Migrations
Under the ICM Agent licenses (ICME-AGENTS) you find a license to migrate a Regular
Agent license to an ARI Agent licenses (ICME-ARIAGT-M, $600)
Under ICME-AGENTS, a Desktop Migration option class is offered to order additional
desktop licenses without ordering Agent licenses. There are two types of licenses in that
option class:
To order desktop licenses for previously ordered regular agent licenses without
desktop.
To order licenses for migrations between various CRM Connector Desktops, for
example in case a customer migrates from one CRM vendor to another or from
CTI Toolkit to a CRM Connector.

($US)
Opti ons
Mi grati ons to ARI
ICME-ARIAGT-M MIGRATION FROM REGULAR OR ERI TO ARI $600.00 Desktop
license (CTI
Toolkit,
Siebel)
Desktop mi grati ons
ICME-CTITOOLKIT CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular or ARI Agent $900.00
ICME-SIEBELCRM ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular ERI or ARI
Agent
$1,300.00
ICME-SIEBELCRM-M Migrate Existing CTI Toolkit or CRM Connector to Cisco Siebel
Connector
$650.00
ICME-CTITOOLKIT-M Migrate Existing CRM Connector to CTI Toolkit $400.00

9.4 Migration from Previous Licensing Methods
This section describes how customers that have purchased Unified ICM Enterprise
licenses under an older licensing scheme should be treated when expanding their
system or renewing maintenance using the new maintenance product numbers.
The basic rules for translating older Unified ICM Enterprise licenses into new ones are
very straightforward. The table below provides the main relationships:
ICM Enterprise Standard Agent license (ICME-STDAGT-Tx-L) Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGT-
Tx)
ICM Enterprise Premium Agent license (ICME-PREMAGT-Tx-L) Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGT-
Tx) and
ICM Enterprise Desktop license (either ICME-
CTITOOLKIT or ICME-SIEBEL)
ACD PG (ICM-PIMxx) Matching ACD PG license (ICME-PG-xx)

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
ICM Voice Agent (ICM-AGTVOC-Tx-L) Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGT-
Tx)
ICM CTI Agent licenses (CTI Agent, Toolkit Desktop, Siebel
Agent, Supervisor Toolkit, Cisco Agent Desktop, Cisco
Supervisor Desktop and ICM Blended Agent licenses)
ICM Enterprise Desktop license (either ICME-
CTITOOLKIT or ICME-SIEBEL)
IVR Port (ICM-PRT-Tx-L) Third Party IVR Port licenses (ICME-IVRPRT-Tx-L)
SS7 Cards No change
ICM Blind Network Transfer No change
Non-product bundles No change
All other items, such as:
ICME-BUNDLE, ICM Gateway licenses, Partitioning, Remote
Server redundancy, ICM NICs, IVR PG (ICM-PIMIVR-L),
Administrative Workstation, HDS Option,, Internet Script Editor
Connection, third-party CTI Connection
These items do not translate into any current license. All
functionality is included in the Agent licenses above.

Using the rules above a customer should translate their current licenses into new ones
and use that as a basis for ordering expansion licenses. This leads to the following
specific cases for expansion orders:
Expansi on case: customer wants to! Customer shoul d order!
Migrate from traditional Avaya to ARI Avaya The migration to ARI licenses (ICME-ARIAGT-M). Note
that the customer can continue to use his Avaya PG
licenses.
Add more agents to an existing ICM Enterprise location New Regular Agent licenses and optionally Desktop
licenses
Exchange ACD from one type to another, for example moving
from Aspect Call Center to Aspect Contact Server
New ACD PG license
Connect a new ACD to an existing Unified ICM Enterprise New ACD PG and new Regular Agent licenses and
optionally Desktop licenses
Add a Gateway, NIC, Partitioning, Administrative
Workstation/HDS /ISE or other option to an existing Unified ICM
Enterprise
Nothing. When customer has ICM Agent licenses in place,
these components can now be deployed without additional
licensing
Add CTI to existing ICM Voice Agents Desktop license
Connect a new third-party IVR to ICM or add more IVR ports to
an IVR that is currently connected to ICM
New IVR Port licenses
9.5 Non-Production Systems
The Unified ICM non-production bundles include PG licenses, Agent and Desktop
licenses, Network Transfer licenses and Third party IVR Port licenses and Multichannel
Agent Licenses (only the older products that will reach end of sale in September 2007;
see note below on the new multi-channel products).
All components can be used in reasonable quantities, but exclusively in non-production
systems. Non-production use includes lab, demo and training purposes.
Notes:
! These licenses are only sold either to end-customers who have ordered Unified
ICM Enterprise production licenses or to certified ATP Partners.
! These licenses are priced differently for end-customers and ATP-certified
partners. End-customers should only order the licenses with Product Numbers
ending in -EC. Certified Partners should only order the Product Numbers ending
in -CP or -DART=.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
! The Certified Partner (-CP) non-production bundles are only available for order
by ATP Partners in theaters where the DART tool is not available. These bundles
are only available from the Wholesale price lists, which implies that they must be
ordered through a Cisco distributor.
! The -DART= bundle is only available for ATP partners through the DART tool, for
theaters where DART is used.
The table below lists the Non-Production bundles and their list price.
ICME-NPSENT-EC ICM ENT Non-Production Suite End Customer $25,000
ICME-NPSENT-DART= ICM ENT Non-Production Suite DART $200
ICME-NPSENT-CP ICM ENT Non-Production Suite Certified Partner $0
9.6 Product Number Summary Table for Unified ICME Product Numbers
This section contains a summary table with all Unified ICM Enterprise product number
and applicable maintenance items.

Product Numbers Descri pti on Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Software Subscri pti on (i ) Operate Servi ces (i i )
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
CC Gateway for Chi l d CC Enterpri se or CC Express Systems
ICME-PG-IPCCEE CC GATEWAY FOR
CC ENTERPRISE
$20,000 UCSS-ICME-PG-CCE1 $1,600 CON-ESW-
ICEPGIPE
$2,000
ICME-PG-IPCCEX CC GATEWAY FOR
CC EXPRESS
$10,000 UCSS-ICME-PG-CCX1 $800 CON-ESW-
ICMEIPCC
$1,350
ACD PG
ICME-PG-01 ICM ENTERPRISE
ALCATEL 4400 PG
$50,000 UCSS-ICME-PG-1 $4,000 CON-ESW-ICE-
PG01
$5,000
ASPECT CALL
CENTER PG
PG02
$5,000
ICME-PG-03 ICM ENT ASPECT
CONTACT SERVER
PG
$50,000 UCSS-ICME-PG-1 $4,000 CON-ESW-
ICEPG03

$5,000
AVAYA CMS PG
$50,000

UCSS-ICME-PG-1 $4,000 CON-ESW-ICE-
PG04
$5,000
AVAYA CMS-LESS PG
PG05
$5,000
NEX NEAX 2400/7400
PG
PG08
$5,000
ICME-PG-11

ICM ENT NORTEL
SYMPOSIUM PG
(INCL. AAS)
$70,000 UCSS-ICME-PG-1-1
UCSS-ICME-AAS-1
$4,000
$1,600
CON-ESW-ICE-
PG11
$7,000
ICME-PG-11-SEI= ICM ENT NORTEL
SYMPOSIUM PG -
AAS OPT
$20,000

UCSS-ICME-AAS-1 $1,600

CON-ESW-ICME-
SEI
$2,000
ICME-PG-13

ICM ENTERPRISE
ROCKWELL
SPECTRUM PG
$50,000

UCSS-ICME-PG-1

$4,000

CON-ESW-ICE-
PG13
$5,000

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Regul ar Agent
ICME-REGAGT-T1 REGULAR ICM
ENTERPRISE AGENT
TIER 1
$1,000 UCSS-ICME-AG1-1 $60 CON-ESW-
EREGAGT1
$ 100
ENTERPRISE AGENT
TIER2
$800 UCSS-ICME-AG1-1 $60 CON-ESW-
EREGAGT2
$ 80
ENTERPRISE AGENT
TIER3
EREGAGT3
$ 65
ENTERPRISE AGENT
TIER4
EREGAGT4
$ 50
ARI Agent
ICME-ARIAGT-T1 ARI AGENT TIER 1 $1,000 UCSS-ICME-AG1-1 $60 CON-ESW-
EARIAGT1
$ 100
ICME-ARIAGT-T2 ARI AGENT TIER2 $800 UCSS-ICME-AG1-1 $60 CON-ESW-
EARIAGT2
$ 80
ICME-ARIAGT-T3 ARI AGENT TIER3 $650 UCSS-ICME-AG1-1 $60

CON-ESW-
EARIAGT3
$ 65
ICME-ARIAGT-T4 ARI AGENT TIER4 $500 UCSS-ICME-AG1-1 $60 CON-ESW-
EARIAGT4
$ 50
Mi grati on from Regul ar to ARI Agent
ICME-ARIAGT-M MIGRATION FROM
REGULAR ERI OR
OTHER ARI TO ARI
EARIAGM
$ 100
Desktop l i censes
ICME-CTITOOLKIT CTI Toolkit License for
ICME Regular ERI or
ARI Agent
$900 UCSS-ICME-CT1-1 $61 CON-ESW-
ECTITKIT
$ 90
ICME-SIEBELCRM ICME Cisco Siebel
Connector License for
Regular ERI or ARI
Agent
$1,300 UCSS-ICME-CR1-1 $104 CON-ESW-
ICMESIE
$130
ICME-SIEBELCRM-M Migrate Existing CTI
Toolkit or CRM
Connector to Cisco
Siebel Connector
$600 UCSS-ICME-CR1-1 $104 CON-ESW-
ICMESIE
$130
ICME-CTITOOLKIT-M Migrate Existing CRM
Connector to CTI
Toolkit
$400 UCSS-ICME-CT1-1 $61 CON-ESW-
ECTITKIT
$ 90
I CM Thi rd Party I VR l i censes
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L ICM ENT THIRD
PARTY IVR PORT -
TIER 1
$300 UCSS-ICME-IV1-1 $20 CON-ESW-
ICEIVRT1
$30
PARTY IVR PORT -
TIER 2
ICEIVRT2
$26
PARTY IVR PORT -
TIER 3
ICEIVRT3
$23
PARTY IVR PORT -
TIER 4
ICEIVRT4
$20
I CM Enterpri se Network Transfer

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
Product Code Li st
Pri ce
($US)
ICME-BNT ICM ENTERPRISE
BLIND NETWORK
TRANSFER
$150,000 UCSS-ICME-BNT-1 $12,000 CON-ESW-
ICMEBNT
$14,850
ICME-NPSENT-EC ICM ENT Non-
Production Suite End
Customer
$25,000

Upgrades are covered under the
production system license
CON-ESW-
ICMENPSC
$2500
ICME-NPSENT-DART= ICM ENT Non-
Production Suite DART
$200

Not available CON-ESW-
ICMENPSC
$2500
ICME-NPSENT-CP ICM ENT Non-
Production Suite
Channel Partner
$0 Not available CON-ESW-
ICMENPSC
$2500
Notes:
! (i) Unified Communications Software Subscription is available in 1, 2, 3 and 5-
year contracts. Shown are only the product codes for 1-year contracts. To find the
product codes for other contract durations replace the first -1 with -2, -3 or -5.
Also available are monthly contract, intended for synchronizing end dates or
multiple contracts. Details on Unified Communications Software Subscription can
be found here:
html.
! (ii) Operate Services are available in different types. The product code and prices
shown here are for Essential Operate Services Software only. Other variants

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
10. Ci sco Uni fi ed I P I VR
10.1 Overview of Unified IP IVR Licenses
Unified IP IVR licensing is based on per port licenses and Server Software Licenses.
The legacy Excel-based Configuration & Pricing Tool has been retired as of July, 2010.
This legacy tool is replaced by the Communications Sizing Tool (CUCST) at
http://tools.cisco.com/cucst/. CUCST is required for any Cisco Unified Computing
System based configuration.

10. 1. 1 Types of Uni fi ed I P I VR Li censi ng
There are two types of user licenses for Unified IP:
1. Port licenses
2. Server Software licenses
Licenses are obtained by purchasing the appropriate product ID for number of ports
desired.
Unified IP IVR Licenses
There is only one type of port license. Port licenses are required for all inbound voice
callers in a Unified IP IVR deployment. Ports licenses are also required for when IP IVR
is deployed as a Queuing platform with Contact Center Enterprise. Customers should
order enough ports to accommodate the maximum number of simultaneous calls at any
given time.
Unified IP IVR HA Server Software Licensing
Deployment of High Availability for IP IVR requires a single server software license which
is the HA server software license. A single HA server software license covers deployment
of HA on both the active and standby IP IVR HA servers.
Note: High Availability is not supported when IP IVR is deployed in a CCE environment.
See CCE SRND for alternative failover mechanisms.
10.2 Upgrading To a Later Cisco Unified IP IVR Release
10. 2. 1 Upgradi ng Ci sco Uni fi ed I P I VR to a Later Rel ease Usi ng
Purchased Product I Ds
Customers may purchase a la carte upgrades from any major or minor release to any
later major or minor release.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
10. 2. 2 Upgradi ng Ci sco Uni fi ed I P I VR to a Later Rel ease Usi ng ESW
and/ or UCCS
Customers with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription (UCSS) contract
are entitled to upgrade from their current release to a later release using the Cisco
Product Upgrade Tool (PUT) at http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp.
ESW service contracts provide entitlement to TAC support and upgrades to minor,
maintenance and service releases.
UCSS subscriptions provide entitlement to upgrade to any major release.
10.3 Ordering Unified IP IVR 10.0 production Licenses
Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools
Unified IP IVR 10.0 supports ordering New and Add On product components using a
single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and licenses required for a
deployment as follows:
! Configuring New Orders
Unified IP IVR 10.0 (IVR-10-SYS-K9)
! Configuring Add On Orders
Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-10-ADD-K9)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at
least 1 additional port to complete your configuration.
10. 3. 1 Orderi ng Uni fi ed I P I VR Not for Resal e (NFR) Li censes
Unified IP IVR 10.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs.
Please note that Unified IP IVR 10.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer
premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified
IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP
IVR.
Please order IVR-10-NFR=.
10. 3. 2 Orderi ng Customer Non-Producti on Systems
Unified IP IVR 10.0 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production
systems. All such systems must be ordered using New product IDs and pricing.
10. 3. 3 Upgradi ng to Uni fi ed I P I VR 10. 0 Li censes from a Previ ous I P
I VR Rel ease
10.3.3.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs
Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x or 9.0 customer may choose to purchase a la
carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 10.0.
Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, 8.5 or 8.5 can upgrade directly to 10.0. IP IVR versions
Other versions must first upgrade via supported paths to 10.0. Lastly, there is no

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and 6.0 to 10.0. Upgrades from these
releases will require fresh installs with no data migration.
10.3.3.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Using UCCS
Any customer with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription contract may
upgrade to Unified IP IVR 10.0 via the Cisco Product Upgrade Tool (PUT).
10. 3. 4 Product I D Summary Tabl e for Uni fi ed I P I VR Product I Ds
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 10.0 product numbers and
10.3.4.1 Ordering New and Add On IP IVR 10.0
The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the
software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment.
Product Number Descri pti on Li st Pri ce
IVR-10-SYS-K9 IVR 10.0 NEW IP IVR $0
IVR-10-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 10.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1
License Only $4995
IVR-10-HA-LIC IVR 10.0 New IP IVR HA Qty 1 License $9995
IVR-10-PORT1 IVR 10.0 Port $1195
IVR-10-ADD-K9 IVR 10.0 ADDON $0

10.3.4.2 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs
The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades from Unified IP
IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 9.0 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.0.
Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade directly to 10.0.
IP IVR versions 5.0 and 7.0 must first upgrade via supported paths (8.0 and 9.0
respectively) to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and
6.0 to 9.0. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration.

Product Number Description List Price
IVR-10-UPG-K9 IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR $0
IVR-10-SS-UPG IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR Server License Only $2495
IVR-10-HA-UPG IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA License Only $8995
IVR-10-PORT-UPG IVR 10.0 Upgrade Port $595

10.3.4.3 Upgrading with a Unified Communications Software Subscription
Service (UCSS) via Ciscos Product Upgrade Tool (PUT)
The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades to Cisco Unified IP IVR

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
10.0 using the Cisco Product Upgrade Tool.
IP IVR versions 5.0 and 7.0 must first upgrade via supported paths (8.0 and 9.0
respectively) to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and
6.0 to 9.0. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration. Any interim
upgrade that is required must be ordered.
Product Number Description
IVR-UPG-3X-10K9= IVR 3.X to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-4X-10K9= IVR 4.X to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-10K9= IVR 5.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA4X-10K9= IVR HA 4.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA50-10K9= IVR HA 5.0 HA to 10.0 HA
The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs.
Product
Number
IVR-10-NFR= IVR 10.0 Not for Resale HA $ 100
Please note that IP IVR 9.0 is appliance-based.

Customers who do not order the pre-configured appliances must order IVR-
90MEDIAKIT-K9= to receive the IP IVR 9.0 media.
10.4.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners
Unified IP IVR 9.0 supports ordering New and Add On product components from Ciscos
wholesale distribution partners in your theater. Available product IDs are described
below.
Unified IP IVR 9.0 supports ordering using Ciscos online configuration and ordering tools
as well as ordering directly from Cisco distribution partners.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and Cisco Media
Convergence Servers (MCS) required for a deployment as follows:
Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-90-NEW-BUNDLE)
Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-90-ADDON-BUNDL)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at
Unified IP IVR 9.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please
note that Unified IP IVR 9.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for
any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR
kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR.
I VR Rel ease
Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.0 or 8.5 customer may choose to purchase a la
carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 9.0.
Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0 or IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 9.0. IP
IVR versions 3.X, 4.x, or 5.0 must first upgrade via supported paths to 7.0 and then to
9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 9.0. IVR 4.1 and
6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
10.4.4.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Using EOS
and/or UCCS
contract may upgrade to Unified IP IVR 9.0 via the Cisco Product Upgrade Tool (PUT).

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
10.4.5.1 New and Add On Top Level Configurable Product IDs
software and MCS servers or just the software required for any Unified IP IVR
deployment. All orders using the Cisco online Dynamic or Multi-Line configuration tools
must use these product IDs.
Pri ce
(i )
Product
Code
Li st
Pri ce
Confi gure Enti re Product - New Software, UCSS and Medi a Convergence Servers
IVR-90-NEW-BUNDLE IVR 9.0 New Deployment-Product & UCSS LICENSE $0
Confi gure Enti re Product - Add On Software, UCSS and Medi a Convergence Servers
IVR-90-ADDON-BUNDL IVR 9.0 ADDON Deployment-Product & UCSS LICENSE $0
Confi gure Top Level New Software Onl y
IVR-90-NEW IVR 9.0 New IP IVR $0
Confi gure Top Level Add On Software Onl y
IVR-90-ADDON IVR 9.0 Add On IP IVR $0

10.4.5.2 New and Add On Configurable Product ID Options
The table below contains those product IDs that may be required as part of the
configuration of the top level product IDs in the table above
Product Number Description List Price Software Subscription (i)
Product
Code
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 9.0
IVR-90-NEW-SS-LIC IVR 9.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only $0
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x5 $105 x5
IVR-90-NEW-HA-LIC IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License $ 9,995
IVR-90-PORT1 IVR 9.0 Port $ 1,195
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 $105
IVR-90-ADD-HA-LIC IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 LICENSE $ 9,995

10.4.5.3 New and Add On Product IDs Used to Order from Cisco Wholesale
Distribution Partners
Product
Code
List Price

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Product
Code
List Price
IVR-90-NEW-SS-LIC= IVR 9.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only $0
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x5 $105 x5
IVR-90-NEW-HA-LIC= IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License $ 9,995
IVR-90-PORT1= IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 1 $ 1,195
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 $105
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x10 $105 x10
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x25 $105 x25
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x50 $105 x50

IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 8.5 x to Cisco Unified IP IVR 9.0.
Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade
directly to 9.0. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x, or 5.0 must first upgrade via supported paths to
7.0 and then to 9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to
9.0. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.

Product Number Description List Price Software Subscription
(i)
Product
Code
List
Price
IVR-90-UPG-BUNDLE IVR 9.0 UPGRADE Deployment- Product & UCSS LICENSE
IVR-90-UPG IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR

IVR-90-SS-UPG IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR (Single Server) License Only
IVR-90-HA-UPG IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) License Only $ 8,995
IVR-90-PORT-UPG IVR 9.0 Upgrade Port $ 745

10.4.5.5 Upgrading with a Essential Operate Services Software and/or a
Unified Communications Software Subscription Service (UCSS) via
Ciscos Product Upgrade Tool (PUT)
The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x,
4.x , 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 8.5 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 9.0 using the Cisco Product
Upgrade Tool.
IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x or 5.0 must first upgrade via supported paths to 7.0 and then to

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Product
Code
List Price
IVR-UPG-3031-90= IVR STD 3.0,3.1 to 9.0 ESW+UCSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-35-90= IVR 3.5 to 9.0 UCSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-90 IVR 8.0 to 9.0 ESW Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-90-90= IVR 9.0 to 9.0 ESW Maintenance Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-40-90= IVR HA 4.0 HA to 9.0 HA UCSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-80-90= IVR HA 8.0 HA to 9.0 HA ESW Minor Upgrade
Pri ce
(i )
Product
Code
Li st
Pri ce
Notes:
! All New or AddOn Expansion Server Software is the same as that for Contact
Center Express. Please consult Unified CCX pricing section for further information
on pricing.
! (i) Unified Communications Software Subscription is available in 1, 2,3 and 5 year
contracts. Shown are only the product codes for 1-year contracts. To find the
product codes for 2, 3, or 5-year contracts replace the first -1 with -2, -3, or -5.
! Unified Communications Software Subscription Product Codes for bulk items like
ports are typically available in packages of quantity 1, 10, 25, 50. Only the
packages with the lowest quantity are shown. Details on Unified Communications
Software Subscription can be found here:

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
html.

Please note that IP IVR 8.5 is appliance-based.

Customers who do not order the pre-configured appliances must order IVR-85-MEDIA-
KIT= to receive the IP IVR 8.5 media.
10.5.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners
Unified IP IVR 8.5 supports ordering New and Add On product components from Ciscos
wholesale distribution partners in your theater. Available product IDs are described
below.
Unified IP IVR 8.5 supports ordering using Ciscos online configuration and ordering tools
as well as ordering directly from Cisco distribution partners.
single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and Cisco Media
Convergence Servers (MCS) required for a deployment as follows:
Unified IP IVR 8.5 (IVR-85-NEW-BUNDLE)
Unified IP IVR 8.5 (IVR-85-ADDON-BUNDL)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 Free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at
Unified IP IVR 8.5 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please
note that Unified IP IVR 8.5 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for
any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR
kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR.
I VR Rel ease
Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, or 8.0 customer may choose to purchase a la carte

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 8.5.
Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, or IP IVR 8.0 can upgrade directly to 8.5. IP
IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via supported paths to 7.0 and then to
10.5.4.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Using EOS
and/or UCCS
contract may upgrade to Unified IP IVR 8.5 via the Cisco Product Upgrade Tool (PUT).
10.5.5.1 New and Add On Top Level Configurable Product IDs
software and MCS servers or just the software required for any Unified IP IVR
deployment. All orders using the Cisco online Dynamic or Multi-Line configuration tools
must use these product IDs.

Pri ce
(i )
Product
Code
Li st
Pri ce
Confi gure Enti re Product - New Software, UCSS and Medi a Convergence Servers
IVR-85-NEW-BUNDLE IVR 8.5 New Deployment-Product & UCSS LICENSE $0
Confi gure Enti re Product - Add On Software, UCSS and Medi a Convergence Servers
IVR-85-ADDON-BUNDL IVR 8.5 ADDON Deployment-Product & UCSS LICENSE $0
Confi gure Top Level New Software Onl y
Confi gure Top Level Add On Software Onl y

10.5.5.2 New and Add On Configurable Product ID Options
The table below contains those product IDs that may be required as part of the
configuration of the top level product IDs in the table above
Product
Code
List Price

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Product
Code
List Price
IVR-85-NEW-SS-LIC IVR 8.5 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only $ 4,995
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x5 $105 x5
IVR-85-NEW-HA-LIC IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License $ 9,995
IVR-85-PORT1 IVR 8.5 Port $ 1,195
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 $105
IVR-85-ADD-HA-LIC IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 LICENSE $ 9,995

10.5.5.3 New and Add On Product IDs Used to Order from Cisco Wholesale
Distribution Partners

Product
Code
List Price
IVR-85-NEW-SS-LIC= IVR 8.5 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only $4,995
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x5 $105 x5
IVR-85-NEW-HA-LIC= IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License $ 9,995
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 $105
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x10 $105 x10
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x25 $105 x25
UCSS-IPIVR-
1-1 x50 $105 x50

IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, and 8.x to Cisco Unified IP IVR 8.5.
Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, and IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 8.5.
IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via supported paths to 7.0 and then to

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Product Number Description List Price Software Subscription
(i)
Product
Code
List
Price
IVR-85-UPG-BUNDLE IVR 8.5 UPGRADE Deployment- Product & UCSS LICENSE
IVR-85-UPG IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR

IVR-85-SS-UPG IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR (Single Server) License Only $ 3,495
IVR-85-HA-UPG IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) License Only $ 8,995
IVR-85-PORT-UPG IVR 8.5 Upgrade Port $ 745

10.5.5.5 Upgrading with a Essential Operate Services Software and/or a
Unified Communications Software Subscription Service (UCSS) via
Ciscos Product Upgrade Tool (PUT)
The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x,
4.x , 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, and 8.0 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 8.5 using the Cisco Product Upgrade
Tool.
Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, and IP IVR 8.0 can upgrade directly to 8.5.
IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via supported paths to 7.0 and then to

Product
Code
List Price
IVR-UPG-3031-85= IVR STD 3.0,3.1 to 8.5 ESW+UCSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-85= IVR 8.5 to 8.5 ESW Maintenance Upgrade

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
(i )
Product
Code
Li st
Pri ce
Notes:
! All New or AddOn Expansion Server Software is the same as that for Contact
Center Express. Please consult Unified CCX pricing section for further information
on pricing.
! (i) Unified Communications Software Subscription is available in 1, 2,3 and 5 year
contracts. Shown are only the product codes for 1-year contracts. To find the
product codes for 2, 3, or 5-year contracts replace the first -1 with -2, -3, or -5.
! Unified Communications Software Subscription Product Codes for bulk items like
ports are typically available in packages of quantity 1, 10, 25, 50. Only the
packages with the lowest quantity are shown. Details on Unified Communications
Software Subscription can be found here:
html.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
11. Ci sco Medi aSense
This section provides licensing and ordering information for MediaSense - Ciscos open-
standard network-based platform that supports recording, playback, live streaming, and
storage of media--including audio and video--with rich recording metadata. Please note
that Cisco MediaSense requires Cisco Unified Communication Manager to offer the full
range of features.
11.1 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information:
Customers ordering MediaSense can select the various following components when
ordering the product:
! MediaSense Base Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent
sessions (non-Redundant) required, which is the total number of simultaneous
recording sessions.
! Audio Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent audio
voice recording sessions.
! Video Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent video
video recording sessions. Note that the Video Session License includes audio and
either the Audio Session License or the Video Session License is to be ordered,
not both. Also note that the sum of the Audio and Video session licenses should
equal the number of MediaSense Base licenses that are ordered
! MediaSense Server Software licenses. A MediaSense Server Software license
is required for the MediaSense Primary and Secondary Servers which provide
database operations as well as media operations
! MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses. A MediaSense Expansion
Server Software license is required for servers that provide additional capacity for
media operations, but not for database operations
11.2 Ordering MediaSense 10.x
MediaSense is available as configurable part numbers using Ciscos online ordering
tools.
MediaSense 10.x Top-level Part numbers:
MCP10-NEW-LIC-K9 MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments N/A
R-MCP10-NEW-LIC-K9 MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for new
deployments
N/A
MCP10-VUP-LIC-K9 MediaSense Top Level Part Number for upgrades from the 8.x
and 9.x deployments
N/A

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
R-MCP10-VUP-LIC-K9 MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for upgrades
from the 8.x and 9.x deployments
N/A
L-MCP10-LIC-UPG MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for add-on
licenses
N/A

! Server software
! Session licenses
11. 2. 1 Medi aSense 10. x Component I nformati on
After selecting the top-level part number (MCP-NEW-LIC), one will be able to order
MediaSense production software, the not-for-production software, and evaluation kits.
The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each media capture
platform orderable part.
11.2.1.1 MediaSense 10.x Server Software License
MediaSense Server Software licenses are required for the Primary and Secondary
Servers that provide database operations as well as media operations - capture,
streaming and storage.
MCP-SVR-10X-SW MediaSense 10.x Primary and Secondary Node Server Software $2,000
MCP10-VUP-SVR Update MediaSense 8.x/9.x Primary and Secondary Node
Server to 10.x
$1,000

11.2.1.2 MediaSense 10.x Expansion Server Software
MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses are required for the Expansion Servers
that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations.
Expansion Server part number information:
MCP-EXP-10X-SW MediaSense 10.x Expansion Node Server Software $500
MCP10-VUP-EXP-SVR Update MediaSense 8.x/9.x Expansion Node Server to 10.x $250

The NFR and NPS kits do not require a server license.
11.2.1.3 MediaSense 10.x Session Licenses
This is the main component of the MediaSense platform. An audio or video session
combined with a base license provides the user with the ability to record one voice or

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
video session.
Ordering notes:
! For every MediaSense base license that is ordered, an audio or video session
license (not both) must be ordered
! If upgrading from a previous release, only base ports need to be upgraded. The
Audio or Video port does not have an upgrade part.
MediaSense Port Licenses part number information:
($US)
Quanti ty
MCP-BASE-10X-LIC MediaSense 10.x Base License $225 Min 1
MCP-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC MediaSense 10.x License for audio
session
$25 Sum of MCP-CORE-AUD-
LIC and MCP-CORE-VID-
LIC should equal MCP-
BASE-LIC
MCP-CORE-10X-VID-LIC MediaSense 10.x License for video
session
BASE-LIC
MCP10-CORE-10X-BASE-
PORT
MedisSense base port for 8.x/9.x to
update to 10.x
$112 The base licenses being
upgraded.

11. 2. 2 Not For Producti on Systems
MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) lab systems are for use by customers in a non-
production environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides:
! 100 session licenses for audio or video recording-- all on 1 machine only
the system.
The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners. MediaSense Not-for-Resale (NFR)
kits provide partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes,
The NFR kit is a full-featured version of the software that provides:
or by partners for development of customer solutions.
MediaSense NPS and NFR part number information:
MCP-10X-NPS= MediaSense 9.0 Not-for-Production System $30
MCP-10X-NFR= MediaSense 9.0 Not for Resale Kit $30
R-MCP-10X-NPS= MediaSense 9.0 Not-for-Production System E-Delivery $30

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
R-MCP-10X-NFR= MediaSense 9.0 Not for Resale Kit E-Delivery $30
11. 2. 3 Medi aSense 10. x Product number summary tabl es
This section contains a summary table with all MediaSense 10.x product number and
MediaSense 10.x Part Numbers
Pri ce
($US)
Product
Number
Li st Pri ce ($US)
Medi aSense 10. x Top Level Part Number
MCP10-NEW-LIC-K9 MediaSense 10.x Software N/A $0
Medi aSense Servers
MCP-SVR-10X-SW MediaSense 10.x Server
Software License
$2000 Not applicable
MCP-EXP-10X-SW MediaSense 10.x Expansion
Software Server License
$500 Not applicable
Medi a capture pl atform Recordi ng Ports
MCP-BASE-10X-LIC Base MediaSense 10.x
Recording License
$225 UCSS-U-MCP-1 $25
UCSS-MCP-1-1 $25
UCSS-MCP-2-1 $43
UCSS-MCP-3-1 $64
UCSS-MCP-5-1 $88
MCP-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC License for Audio recording - 1
session
$25 Not applicable
MCP-CORE-10X-VID-LIC License for Video recording - 1
session
$75 Not applicable

11.3 Ordering MediaSense 9.x and 8.x
MediaSense is available as configurable part numbers using Ciscos online ordering
tools (e.g. Dynamic Ordering Tool or Multi-Line Ordering Tool). To order the product,
most core MediaSense options are available using the part number, MCP-. The online
ordering tool will then provide all MediaSense ordering options for each component of the
MediaSense system.
MediaSense Top level Part numbers:
MCP-NEW-LIC MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments N/A
R-MCP-NEW-LIC MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for new
deployments
N/A
MCP-ADDON-LIC MediaSense Top Level Part Number for add-on licenses N/A
L-MCP-ADDON-LIC MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for add-on
licenses
N/A

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

! Server software
! Session licenses
11. 3. 1 Medi aSense Component I nformati on
After selecting the top-level part number (MCP-NEW-LIC), one will be able to order
MediaSense production software, the not-for-production software, and evaluation kits.
The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each media capture
platform orderable part.
11.3.1.1 MediaSense Server Software License
MediaSense Server Software licenses are required for the Primary and Secondary
Servers that provide database operations as well as media operations - capture,
streaming and storage.
MCP-SVR-8X-SW-K9 MediaSense 8.5 Server Software $2,000
MCP-SVR-9X-SW-K9 MediaSense 9.0 Server Software $2,000

11.3.1.2 MediaSense Expansion Server Software
MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses are required for the Expansion Servers
that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations.
MCP-MED-SW-K9 MediaSense Expansion Server Software $500

The NFR and NPS kits do not require a server license.
11.3.1.3 MediaSense Session Licenses
This is the main component of the MediaSense platform One audio or video session
combined with a base license provides the user with the ability to record one voice or
video session.
Ordering notes:
! For every MediaSense base license that is ordered, an audio or video session
license (not both) must be ordered
MediaSense Port Licenses part number information:

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
($US)
Quanti ty
MCP-BASE-LIC MediaSense Base License $225 Min 1
MCP-CORE-AUD-LIC MediaSense License for audio
session
BASE-LIC
MCP-CORE-VID-LIC MediaSense License for video session $75 Sum of MCP-CORE-AUD-
BASE-LIC
11. 3. 2 Not-for-Producti on Systems
Not For Producti on Systems
MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) lab systems are for use by customers in a non-
production environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides:
the system.
The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners. MediaSense Not-for-Resale (NFR)
kits provide partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes,
The NFR kit is a full-featured version of the software that provides:
or by partners for development of customer solutions.
MediaSense NPS and NFR part number information:
R-MCP-9X-NPS= MediaSense 9.0 Not-for-Production System E-Delivery $30
R-MCP-9X-NFR= MediaSense 9.0 Not for Resale Kit E-Delivery $30
11. 3. 3 Product number summary tabl es
This section contains a summary table with all MediaSense product number and
MediaSense Part Numbers
Product Numbers Descri pti on Li st Software Subscri pti on (i )

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Pri ce
($US)
Product
Number
Li st Pri ce ($US)
Medi aSense Top Level Part Number
MCP-NEW-LIC MCP-NEW-LIC N/A $0
Medi aSense Servers
MCP-SVR-8X-SW-K9 MediaSense 8.5 Server Software
License
$2000 Not applicable
MCP-SVR-9X-SW-K9 MediaSense 9.0 Server Software $2,000 Not applicable
MCP-MED-SW-K9 MediaSense Expansion Software
Server License
$500 Not applicable
Medi a capture pl atform Recordi ng Ports
MCP-BASE-LIC Base MediaSense Recording
License
$225 UCSS-U-MCP-1 $25
UCSS-MCP-1-1 $25
UCSS-MCP-2-1 $43
UCSS-MCP-3-1 $64
UCSS-MCP-5-1 $88
MCP-CORE-AUD-LIC License for Audio recording - 1
session
$25 Not applicable
MCP-CORE-VID-LIC License for Video recording - 1
session
$75 Not applicable
Medi a capture pl atform Not-for-Resal e and Eval uati on Ki ts
MCP-8X-NPS= MCP Not-for-production System $30 Not available
MCP-8X-NFR= MCP Not For Resale System $30 Not available
MCP-9X-NPS= MediaSense 9.0 Not-for-Production
System
$30 Not available
MCP-9X-NFR= MediaSense 9.0 Not for Resale Kit $30 Not available
R-MCP-9X-NPS= MediaSense 9.0 Not-for-Production
System E-Delivery
$30 Not available
R-MCP-9X-NFR= MediaSense 9.0 Not for Resale Kit
E-Delivery
$30 Not available
11.4 Ordering Examples for Production MediaSense Systems
11. 4. 1 Exampl e 1 Customer requi res 500 concurrent audi o recordi ngs
and hi gh avai l abi l i ty - Orderi ng Use Case
Solution:
The total number of concurrent sessions required is 500, which is the sum of concurrent
recordings and playbacks. Since each MediaSense server can support up to 200
concurrent sessions, the customer will have to order two MediaSense Servers and one
Expansion Server. The secondary server is required since the customer needs HA.
MediaSense components required:
! 2 MCP Server Software License
! 1 MCP Expansion Server Software Licenses
! 500 MCP-BASE-10X-LIC Licenses
! 500 MCP-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC licenses

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
11. 4. 2 Exampl e 2 Customer requi ri ng 50 addi ti onal concurrent audi o
recordi ngs - Orderi ng Use Case
Solution:
If the customer does not need to order an additional server because the existing
MediaSense servers can support an additional 50 audio recordings, the customer will just
have to order the top level part MCP-ADDON-LIC and the following:
! 50 MCP-BASE-10X-LIC Licenses
! 50 MCP-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC licenses
11.5 MediaSense Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution
This section highlights how the licenses will be distributed/ fulfilled with the order.
Note that the MediaSense 8.x, 9.x and 10.x releases provide Paper Right to Use feature
licenses. Partners or customers will have to order the appropriate number of services and
licenses based on the deployment requirements.
11.6 Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management Solutions for Cisco
MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management is a highly-scalable voice, screen
recording, and evaluation solution that integrates with Cisco MediaSense. When
operating in a Cisco MediaSense environment, MediaSense is the recording platform
that captures the audio media channels. Calabrio Search & Play and Quality
Management uses the Cisco MediaSense API to integrate with and enhance the platform
by adding a feature-rich application layer.
Through Cisco SolutionsPlus, Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management offers
the following packages (in increasing levels of sophistication):
Calabrio Search & Play
Calabrio Search & Play supports searching, archiving and playback of calls
recorded by Cisco MediaSense.
Calabrio Quality Management
Calabrio Quality Management allows contact centers to review and assess the
performance levels of individual agents and teams.
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management adds agent screen recording during
calls to the Quality Management capabilities.
All Calabrio products are orderable via the top-level SKU MDS-CLB and MDS-CLB-ADD.
Use the MDS-CLB SKU for new orders. Use the MDS-CLB-ADD SKU if you want to add
additional seats to an existing deployment.
Calabrio SolutionsPlus licenses are priced per named agent. Support and maintenance
contract for Calabrios SolutionsPlus products are purchased directly from Calabrio.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
Calabrios SolutionsPlus offering is only available when integrated with Cisco
MediaSense. In addition to the Calabrio licenses, you will also need a host server with
Windows Server 2008 OS and Microsoft SQL provided by the customer or partner. The
server and software requirements vary with the number of named users, number of
recorded calls and concurrent call volume. Details on the requirements are available in
the Calabrio Install guide available to registered users
via http://portal.calabrio.com/tiki/tiki-
index.php?page=Call+Recording+Quality+Management+User+Guides#v8_9.

Product Numbers
Cal abri o Product Li censes
MDS-CLB-SP Calabrio Search & Play $150
MDS-CLB-QM Calabrio Quality Management $350
MDS-CLB-AQM Calabrio Advanced Quality Management $575

11.7 NICE Interaction Management Suite for Cisco MediaSense through
Cisco SolutionsPlus
NICE Interaction Management Suite provides a comprehensive solution for capturing,
analyzing and impacting customer interactions. The solution enables organizations to:
Capture customer interactions through Ciscos MediaSense.
Analyze interactions to extract business insights and reveal root-cause.
Monitor agents performance, provide targeted agent coaching and optimize
quality processes.

Through Cisco SolutionsPlus, NICE Interaction Management Suite offers the following
packages (in increasing levels of sophistication):
Interaction Management
Provides advanced recording rules based on CTI or business data, interaction
playback and advanced storage and archiving rules.
Quality Management
Includes Interaction Management and additionally, support for agent evaluation,
coaching and calibration.
Quality Optimization
Includes Quality Management and additionally, support for:
o End-to-end workflows, enabling managers to define, assign and
monitor quality tasks from via single dashboard.
o 22 out-of-the-box Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), allowing
managers to follow operational metrics and align quality processes to
organizations business goals.
o Customizable dashboards, scorecards, notifications and alerts.

Analytics-Based Quality Optimization
Includes Quality Optimization and additionally, support for:
o Automatic categorization of interactions into topics

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
o Emotion detection and sentiment analysis
o Root-cause analysis via speech-to-text transcription and text mining
o Trending and alerts
o Unlimited KPIs based on Categorization

In addition, NICE Interaction Management Suite provides the several optional
components.

The following optional components are available to all packages:

Encryption provides end-to-end media encryption in order to protect captured
data.
Real-time Privacy Control provides the ability to pause voice and screen
recording to prevent recording of sensitive information.
Component HA high availability to ensure continuous recording
Playback to Extension - provides the capability to play back the voice portion of
an interaction to a telephone extension.
IP Phone Application - provides the capability to initiate recording on demand

The following optional component is available to Quality Management, Quality
Optimization, and Analytics-Based Quality Optimization packages:
Additional Screen Recording - Screen recording is included with 15% of the
licenses sold as part of Quality Management, Quality Optimization and
Advanced Quality Optimization. If more screen recording sessions are required,
additional screen recording licenses need to be purchased.

The following optional components are available only to the analytics-based quality
optimization. It is recommended that you contact a NICE representative for help on
quoting analytics-based optional components.

Phonetics Indexing Analytic engine processing voice to phonemes. At a
minimum, one block of 500 hrs/day is required when analytics-based quality
optimization is purchased.
Transcription Analytic engine processing voice to transcribed text. At a
minimum, one block of 250 hrs/day is required when analytics-based quality
optimization is purchased.
Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis Analytic engine identifying
emotions and agent- customer cross talk.
Additional Language Support for additional language other than English
All NICE products are orderable via the top level SKU MDS-NICE and MDS-NICE-ADD.
Use the MDS-NICE SKU for new orders. Use the MDS-NICE-ADD SKU if you want to
add additional seats to an existing deployment.
All of NICE SolutionsPlus licenses are priced per named agent, except for Interaction
Management, screen recording and playback to extension, which are priced per
concurrent session. Support, maintenance and professional services for NICE
SolutionsPlus products must be purchased directly from NICE or a NICE-certified
partner. NICEs SolutionsPlus offering is only available when integrated with Cisco
MediaSense.

Product Numbers
NI CE Product Li censes
MDS-NICE-IM NICE Interaction Management Baseline $625
MDS-NICE-QM NICE Quality Management $950

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
MDS-NICE-QO NICE Quality Optimization $1100
MDS-NICE-AQO NICE Analytics-Based Quality Optimization $1650
MDS-NICE-ENCR Encryption $125
MDS-NICE-RTPC Real-time Privacy Control $145
MDS-NICE-HA High Availability $100
MDS-NICE-PBK Playback to Extension $800
MDS-NICE-IPPA IP Phone Applications $75
MDS-NICE-SCRN Additional Screen Recording $240
MDS-NICE-PNTCS Phonetics Indexing (500 hrs/day) $50000
MDS-NICE-STT Transcription (250 hrs/day) $55000
MDS-NICE-EMO Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis $60000
MDS-NICE-LANG Additional Language (per language) $5000
To get additional help from NICE, reach out to your local NICE representative or use one
of the following emails, depending on your location:
Nice.opportunities_Americas@nice.com
Nice.opportunities_EMEA@nice.com
Nice.opportunities_APAC@nice.com

.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
12. Ci sco Uni fi ed Computi ng Systems
(UCS)
Cisco Contact Center products support Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS). It is a
part of the overall Cisco Collaboration Technology Group (CTG) Unified Communications
on Unified Computing Systems (UC on UCS) program. Particular Contact Center
products/applications support UCS servers at a different time. See
http://cisco.com/go/uc-virtualized for more information.
Contact Center products use the CTG UCS SKUs. The CTG UCS configuration and
ordering information can be found at
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/voicesw/ps6790/ps5748/ps378/solution_over
view_c22-597556.html.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
13. Ci sco Medi a Convergence Servers
(MCS), Wi ndows Server 2003 Operati ng
Systems and SQL Server 2005
13.1 Part Numbers
Contact Center Media Convergence Servers (MCS) have been End Of Sale/Life. The
replacement/alternative server information is per the EOL bulletin, which is at
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/voiceapp/ps378/prod_eol_notices_list.html.
The Contact Center Windows Server 2003 and SQL Server 2005 have been End Of
Sale/Life. Please consult the EOL Bulletin at
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/voicesw/custcosw/ps5693/ps1844/end_of_life
_notice_c51-719033.html.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
14. Ci sco Uni fi ed I ntel l i gence Center
This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco Unified Intelligence
Center 9.0 and higher.
Online Ordering
Cisco Unified Intelligence Center is available as configurable part numbers using Ciscos
online ordering tools.
14.1 Release 9 and 10.0 Intelligence Center Ordering
In Release 9.0 and higher, there are two types of Intelligence Center licenses,
Intelligence Center Standard and Intelligence Center Premium. Note that the license
labeled 8.0 is valid for 8.x, 9.x and 10.0 deployments. The media is the same for either
Premium or Standard and is included with the Contact Center Enterprise software
bundle, IPCE-MEDIAKIT.

14. 1. 1 Producti on System Software
Intelligence Center is deployed as a cluster with a single controller node and up to seven
member nodes sized to support the number of users, expected reporting activity and
redundancy requirements. To determine the number of Intelligence Center servers
required, please use the Unified Communications System Sizing Tool Reporting
section. Premium and Standard licenses (CCEH-CUIC-PREM and CCEH-CUIC-STD)-
are available in the IPCE-BUNDLE under the category IPCE-SVR-ADDON. One CCEH-
CUIC-PREM or CCEH-CUIC-STD should be purchased for each Intelligence Center
Server deployed in the cluster to cover the platform software Operating System and
Database and Intelligence Center software. One license will be issued to be deployed
on the controller node of the cluster. If more than one cluster will be deployed, please
enter each cluster as a separate line item. For example, if two 4-node clusters of CUIC
Premium will be deployed, 2 line items of quantity 4 each would be entered.
Cisco Unified Intelligence Center part number information for new purchases (See
Section below for UCSS upgrades):
CCEH-CUIC-STD Intelligence Center Standard for Production $1,000
CCEH-CUIC-PREM Intelligence Center Premium for Production $25,000

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
14. 1. 2 Not-for-Producti on Systems, Not-for-Resal e and Eval uati on Ki ts
Not-for-production, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits are available under the IPCE-
BUNDLE, in the LAB section, under CUIC-NPS category SKU.
Not For Production Systems
Unified Intelligence Center Not-for-Production (NPS) lab systems are for use in a non-
production environment. This is a full-featured version of the software, but limited to 5
concurrent users. The Lab systems provide:
! Server Software License Unified Intelligence Center Premium
Not-for-Production systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on
the system. The software is intended to be used in development, testing, system
integration testing.
The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners for Intelligence Center stand-alone
deployments in the lab. Unified Intelligence Center Not-for-Resale (NFR) kits provide
partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes,
The NFR kit is a full-featured version of the software, but limited to 5 concurrent users.
The NFR kit includes
! Server Software License Unified Intelligence Center Premium for non-production
application development.
the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer
evaluations. Note that a CUIC license is included in the Contact Center Enterprise
System NFR (IPCE-NPSENT-CP).
Trial Licenses
The Unified Intelligence Center Trial license is available for partners to trial a solution at a
customer site in order to provide customers with the opportunity to evaluate the solution
at their premise. The trial license provides a 90-day license from the time of installation
for the Unified Intelligence Center Premium Software.
Trial software is not to be used by partners or customers for development of
production solutions. Unified Intelligence Center is considered to be in production if
it is used to develop customer solutions and requires a CUIC Premium license.
NFR, NPS and Evaluation part number information:
CCEH-CUIC-LAB Intelligence Center Premium Not-for-production System, for
customer lab
$1,000
CCEH-CUIC-TRIAL Intelligence Center Premium Trial License (90 Day Expiration) $25
CCEH-CUIC-NFR Intelligence Center Premium Not-For-Resale System, for partner
lab system
$500

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
14. 1. 3 Upgrades from previ ous versi ons
Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite 7.5 customers with a valid UCSS contract are eligible for
upgrade to Release 8 Intelligence Center Premium via upgrade SKU CCEH-CUIC8-
PREM-U=. The number of CUIC Premium servers that will be deployed must be
identified when the upgrade order is placed.
There is no corresponding upgrade for Archiver so existing Archivers will remain at
Release 7.5. Customers who continue to use Archiver for releases beyond 7.5 will need
to alter and maintain the system to include schema changes between releases. New or
existing customers needing long-term storage and summarized data(daily, weekly)
should consider purchasing VIM Datamart with Intelligence Center.
Contact Center Enterprise customers who have not yet deployed Unified Intelligence
Center and have a valid UCSS contract are eligible to upgrade to Intelligence Center
Standard via upgrade SKU CCEH-CUIC8-STD-U= at no additional charge. The number
of CUIC Standard servers that will be deployed in the cluster must be identified when the
upgrade order is placed. One license per cluster will be issued. Note that Unified
Intelligence Center 8 customers with UCSS do not need to order anything additional to
upgrade to Release 9. Similarly Unified Intelligence Center 9 customers with UCSS do
not need to order anything additional to upgrade to Release 10.0. The Release 9 and
10.0 software are contained in the Contact Center Enterprise media kit and the same
license is valid.
CCEH-CUIC8-PREM-U= Upgrade SKU for Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite 7.5 to
Intelligence Center 8
Included with UCCS
for Intelligence Suite
7.5
CCEH-CUIC8-STD-U= Upgrade SKU for Contact Center Enterprise, Hosted and ICM
moving to release 8 or higher
Included with UCSS
for Contact Center
Enterprise, Hosted
and ICM
Lab system upgrades are included with production system upgrades of Intelligence
Center.
Notes:
! * Unified Communications Software Subscription is available in 1, 2 , 3 and 5 year
as well as monthly contracts. Shown are only the product codes for 1-year
contracts. To find the product codes for other contract durations replace the first -
1 with -2, -3 or -5. Also available are monthly contract, intended for
synchronizing end dates or multiple contracts. Details on Unified Communications
Software Subscription can be found here: http://www.cisco.com/go/ucss
! **Operate Services are available in different types. The product code and prices
shown here are for Essential Operate Services Software only. Other variants

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
15. Customer Contact Sol uti onsPl us
Product Overvi ew
This chapter provides an overview of the all SolutionsPlus resale products related
customer contact. Details on each of these can be found by following the links below to
the related Cisco product chapters.

Ci sco
Product
Sol uti onsPl us
Vendor
Sol uti onsPl us
Product
Speci fi cs Secti on
CVP Nuance Recognizer
Vocalizer
No DSA discount beyond regular partner
discounts
Nuance support contracts can be sold
through Cisco
3.5.1
MediaSense Calabrio Search & Play
Quality Management
Advanced Quality
Management
Support to be sourced directly from Calabrio.
Note that these licenses are per named
agent, not concurrent agent.
These products are for CCE only. For CCX
Cisco offers Cisco branded versions. See
section 4.8.
11.6
MediaSense NICE NICE Interaction
Management Suite
Support to be sourced directly from NICE. 11.7
CCE Exony VIM DataMart
VIM Standard
VIM Performance
Support to be sourced directly from Exony at
20% of product sale
5.1.1.2.6
CCE ALI Solutions OnQ Campaign
Management
To be used with CCE Outbound Option, not
with 3
rd
party dialers.
Support to be sourced directly from ALI.
5.1.1.2.8
CCE Bucher+Suter B+S Connects CRM
Connectors for SAP, Siebel
and salesforce.com.
To be sold with CCE Premium Agent licenses
Note that the CRM Connector licenses for
Salesforce.com are per named agent, not
concurrent agent, to be consistent with
Salesforce.coms licensing model. The other
connectors are per concurrent agent.
discounts.
Support and upgrade subscription to be
sourced from B+S directly.
5.1.1.2.9
CCE eGain eGain Multichannel Offer
for Cisco SolutionsPlus
To be sold integrated with Contact Center
Enterprise only. Stand-alone sales are not
allowed under the S+ agreement.
Note the license specifics for the different
products (named, concurrent, volume-
based).
discounts.
Support and upgrades to be sourced from
eGain directly.
5.1.1.2.6

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
16. Ci sco Uni fi ed Communi cati ons
Cisco Unified Communications Software Subscription, a product offering that allows
customers to purchase major software version upgrades at a reduced cost as a one-,
two-, three- or five-year subscription. Monthly subscriptions are also available to
synchronize contracts. A valid Cisco Unified Communications Operate Services contract
must be either in place or purchased with the Cisco Unified Communications Software
Subscription. For more information about Cisco Unified Communications Software
Subscription, refer to: http://www.cisco.com/go/ucss

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
17. Ci sco Servi ces
17.1 Cisco Unified Communications Services
Gain an accelerated return on investment for Cisco Unified Communications
deployments with a resilient, converged network that meets business needs. Using the
Cisco Lifecycle Services approach, Cisco and its channel partners provide a broad
portfolio of unified communications services that address all aspects of network
deployment, operation, and optimization.
Information about how to order Cisco Unified Communications Services can be found in
the Cisco Services Ordering Guide at the following location:
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/svcs/ps2961/ps2664/serv_group_home.ht
ml.
17.2 Cisco Unified Communications ServicesTools for Quoting and
Ordering
17. 2. 1 Ci sco Servi ce Contract Center
Cisco Service Contract Center, the next generation of service management, helps you
increase profitability and efficiency by simplifying the way you manage and sell your
Cisco service contracts.
Now there is one simple and easy-to-use Web-based solution you can use to quote and
book your service orders and manage your service contracts and renewal opportunities.
Cisco Service Contract Center helps you accelerate your business by allowing you to
focus your attention on selling and on servicing your customers instead of waiting for
reports, searching for information, reconciling prices, reentering quotes, solving
problems, and cleaning up contracts.
Access the Cisco Service Contract Center at the following location:
http://www.cisco.com/public/scc/.

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013
18. Ci sco Capi tal Fi nanci ng
The significant benefits offered by Cisco Unified Communications make it the natural
choice to replace traditional PBX systems. As with any technology investment, the
question is the affordability of the new system. The answer is financing from Cisco
Capital. Whether through flexible repayments matching expenditure to benefit, mitigating
cash flow issues, or negating capital expenditure with an operating lease, we can give
you access to the right Unified Communications technology for your business, right when
you need it.
18.1 Removing Sales Barriers:
Typically, Cisco Capital can help remove or reduce the barriers preventing organizations
from obtaining the technology that can most benefit their businesses. Cisco Capital can:
! Remove cash flow issues, allowing the company to spread the cost of its
investment over a number of years
! Offer flexible repayment terms matching expenditure to benefits, which means
that payments can be timed to coincide with business benefits that may be seen
later in the project, or deferred to meet a companys budget cycle
! Turn capital expenditures into operating expenditures through an operating
lease that enables companies to benefit from the residual value of the technology
upfront and because no one knows Cisco equipment like Cisco, you can be sure
of market-leading residuals
! Provide a sale and lease-back arrangement (where available) that softens the
initial costs by taking on existing commitments that may be attached to legacy
equipment
18.2 Tips for Taking Advantage of Financing to Accelerate and Close
More Business:
! Consider financing early in the deal cycle: This will save time later and help
get you paid faster.
! Get your customer preapproved for a credit line with Cisco Capital: By
showing the customer they can afford more than they thought they could, you can
pave the way early on for growing the deal size. It is recommended you do this as
early as possible in the customer discussions/deal cycle.
! Provide a lease quote with every proposal: You can do this by contacting your
local Cisco Capital team. And, in some markets, Web-based tools are available so
you can quickly generate your own lease quotes.
18.3 For more information about Cisco Capital Financing, visit:
For Channel Partners:
http://www.cisco.com/web/ordering/ciscocapital/or6/order_finance_and_payments_conce
pt_home.html
For Cisco Field: http://wwwin.cisco.com/FinAdm/csc/

Ordering Guide
January 15, 2007
October 10, 2013

Printed in USA C78-331727-01 1/07

CCBU Ordering Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CCBU Ordering Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Copyright 1992-2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/ProprietaryPricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change.

. October 10, 2013

You might also like